Emerson MLT Analyzer Module I 0021 User Manual

Rosemount Analytical  
NGA 2000  
Software Manual  
MLT Analyzer  
MLT Analyzer Module  
(combined with NGA 2000 platform /  
MLT analyzer / TFID analyzer  
or customer-developed control unit)  
Software Version 3.2.X  
2nd Edition 07/98  
Catalog No.: 90 003 482  
Managing The Process Better  
90003482(2)[NGA-e(MLT-Software3.2.X)]07/98  
Contents  
1
2
Introduction  
1 - 1  
2 - 1  
3 - 1  
Structure of Menus  
3
Startup and Operation, General Notes and Main Menu  
3.1  
3.4  
3.8  
Starting and Initializing ................................................................................... 3 - 1  
Lines and Softkey Functionality ..................................................................... 3 - 3  
Main Menu ..................................................................................................... 3 - 7  
4
Bas ic Controls and Analyzer Module Calibration  
4 - 1  
4.1  
Analyzer Channel Status................................................................................ 4 - 3  
4.1.1 Status Details – Failures............................................................................... 4 - 5  
– Maintenance requests ........................................................ 4 - 7  
– Function controls ................................................................ 4 -11  
– Measurements/Alarms........................................................ 4 -13  
– Events................................................................................. 4 -15  
– Acknowledge and clear failures.......................................... 4 -19  
– Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests .................. 4 -23  
– Acknowledge and clear function controls............................ 4 -27  
4.1.2 Operational Settings....................................................................................... 4 -31  
4.2  
4.3  
4.4  
4.5  
4.6  
4.7  
4.8  
4.9  
4.10  
4.11  
Single Component Display - Change of Channel........................................... 4 -33  
Multi Component Display - Change of Channel ............................................. 4 -35  
Calibration Procedure Status ......................................................................... 4 -37  
Zero Calibration.............................................................................................. 4 -39  
Span Calibration............................................................................................. 4 -43  
Flow Zero Gas................................................................................................ 4 -47  
Flow Span Gas............................................................................................... 4 -51  
Flow Sample Gas........................................................................................... 4 -55  
Flow Test Gas................................................................................................ 4 -59  
Close all Valves.............................................................................................. 4 -63  
NGA 2000  
I
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5
Analyzer and I/O-Module Expert Configuration  
Analyzer Module Setup  
5 - 1  
5.1  
5 - 3  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters...................................................................................5 - 5  
– Span gases .........................................................................................5 - 6  
– Tolerances ..........................................................................................5 - 7  
– Calibration procedure setup................................................................5 - 9  
– Time controlled calibration ..................................................................5 -12  
– Calibration...........................................................................................5 -15  
– Advanced calibration methods............................................................5 -18  
– Zero gases ..........................................................................................5 -20  
5.1.2 Alarm Parameters...........................................................................................5 -21  
5.1.3 Range Parameters .........................................................................................5 -25  
– Begin and end of ranges.....................................................................5 -27  
– Response times (t90) ...........................................................................5 -28  
– Autoranging control.............................................................................5 -29  
5.1.4 Cross Interference Compensation..................................................................5 -31  
5.1.5 Linearization ...................................................................................................5 -33  
5.1.6 Programmable Logic Control (PLC)................................................................5 -37  
5.1.7 Programmable Calculator...............................................................................5 -45  
5.1.8 Measurement Display Configuration...............................................................5 -49  
5.1.9 Acknowledgement of Status Reports..............................................................5 -52  
5.1.10 Concentration Measurement Parameters.......................................................5 -54  
5.1.11 Peak Measurement ........................................................................................5 -55  
5.1.12 Differential Measurement ...............................................................................5 -57  
5.1.13 Gasflow Setup ................................................................................................5 -59  
5.1.14 Pressure Compensation.................................................................................5 -60  
5.1.15 Flow Measurement.........................................................................................5 -62  
5.1.16 Temperature Measurement............................................................................5 -63  
5.1.17 Loading/Saving Configuration Parameters.....................................................5 -64  
5.1.18 Inputs and Outputs .........................................................................................5 -67  
– Local SIO ............................................................................................5 -68  
– Local DIO ............................................................................................5 -74  
– Signal codes........................................................................................5 -75  
5.1.19 Delay and Average .........................................................................................5 -79  
5.1.20 Special Functions ...........................................................................................5 -81  
5.1.21 AK-Protocol Communication ..........................................................................5 -82  
II  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
 
5.2  
I/O Module Controls  
5 -83  
5 -84  
5 -93  
5 -99  
5.2.1 SIO Module  
5.2.2 DIO Module(s)  
5.3  
I/O Module Setup  
6
Sys tem Configuration  
6 - 1  
6.1  
Diagnostic Menus........................................................................................... 6 - 3  
6.1.1 Control Module Diagnostics................................................................. 6 - 4  
6.1.2 Analyzer Module Diagnostics .............................................................. 6 - 5  
Date and Time................................................................................................ 6 - 6  
Security Codes............................................................................................... 6 - 7  
Network Module Binding ................................................................................ 6 - 9  
System Reset................................................................................................. 6 -11  
System Modules............................................................................................. 6 -12  
6.2  
6.3  
6.4  
6.5  
6.6  
7
Dis play Controls  
7 - 1  
Index  
Supple me nt: Sys te m Ca libra tion  
NGA 2000  
III  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
IV  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
1 Introduction  
This software manual describes step by step how to operate successfully with the ½ 19"  
and 19" MLT analyzer module and analyzer of the  
NGA 2000 Series.  
Chapter two shows the structure of the MLT software menus. Chapter three describes the  
display and the keyboard of the analyzer. Chapter four describes the basic controls with  
detailed illustrations. So you can easily compare the actual display of the analyzer module  
with the illustrations of the manual.  
Chapter five describes the expert configurations of the analyzer module and of the Input/  
Output Modules (I/O modules). Chapter six describes the system configuration. The layout  
of both chapters is not as detailed as in chapter four. Normally, the way to a certain menu  
of the MLT software is described with the software catchwords you have to press to reach  
this menu. You will find the illustration of the corresponding LCD screen at the end of the  
catchword listing. After that you can read the meaning of the functions and variables of  
each expert or system configuration menu.  
Some contents of the expert configurations are not important for each customer. It depends  
on the configuration of your NGA 2000 system, relative to the following components:  
¨ Control Module  
¨ Analyzer Module  
¨ Input/Output Modules  
CM  
AM  
I/O's (SIO = Standard I/O, DIO = Digital I/O,  
System Auto Calibration I/O, Analog Output with 3 Alarms I/O,  
Auto Calibration I/O)  
You can distinguish the following system units and SIO/DIO configurations:  
Section  
Page  
System Unit  
SIO/DIO-Configuration  
MLT analyzer module (AM):  
Þ 1 local SIO and 1 local DIO can be  
installed in the MLT analyzer  
module  
Þ SIO and DIO can be configured  
for the channels of the analyzer  
module only  
· without front panel,  
i.e. without control unit  
· can be combined with a platform,  
an MLT analyzer, a TFID analyzer  
or a customer developed control  
unit  
* 5.1.18  
p. 5-67  
Platform (CM Software):  
Þ 1 SIO and up to 4 DIO's can be  
installed in the platform (CM I/O)  
Þ SIO and DIO can be configured  
for all channels combined with the  
platform  
· Control unit with front panel  
· Without measurement channels  
* 5.2  
p. 5-83  
MLT analyzer (CM and MLT AM  
software):  
Þ 1 SIO and 1 DIO can be installed  
in the MLT analyzer (CM I/O)  
Þ SIO and DIO can be configured  
for all channels combined with the  
MLT analyzer  
· Analyzer with front panel  
· CM and AM software in the same  
analyzer,  
* 5.2  
p. 5-83  
i.e. all functions of the control unit  
and of the AM are combined in one  
controller board  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
1 - 1  
The following illustrations shall make plain the connection between the hardware configu-  
ration and the software setup of the modules:  
NGA 2000 Sys te m via Pla tform  
Local  
I/O's  
Analyzer  
Modules (AM's) Module (CM)  
Control  
I/O  
Modules  
SIO  
DIO  
(see 5.1.18)  
(see 5.1.18)  
TFID  
1 SIO (see 5.2.1)  
SIO  
DIO  
4 DIO's  
(see 5.2.2)  
max.  
MLT  
CLD  
PMD  
FID  
(additional  
manuals)  
Other I/O's  
(additional  
manuals)  
(additional  
manuals)  
NGA 2000 Sys te m via MLT Ana lyze r  
Local  
I/O's  
Analyzer  
Modules (AM's) Module (CM)  
Control  
System I/O  
Modules  
SIO  
DIO  
(see 5.2.1)  
(see 5.2.2)  
(see 5.1.18)  
(see 5.1.18)  
MLT  
1 SIO  
1 DIO  
SIO  
DIO  
TFID  
CLD  
PMD  
FID  
(additional  
manuals)  
(additional  
manuals)  
(additional  
manuals)  
NGA 2000  
1 - 2  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
1 Introduction  
NGA 2000 Sys te m via TFID Ana lyze r  
Local  
I/O's  
Analyzer  
Modules (AM's) Module (CM)  
Control  
System I/O  
Modules  
SIO  
DIO  
(see 5.2.1)  
(see 5.2.2)  
(see 5.1.18)  
(see 5.1.18)  
TFID  
1 SIO  
SIO  
DIO  
MLT  
CLD  
PMD  
FID  
1 DIO  
(additional  
manuals)  
(additional  
manuals)  
(additional  
manuals)  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
1 - 3  
NGA 2000  
1 - 4  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Main Menu  
Section 3.8  
Analyzer module  
calibration & basic  
controls... (AM)  
Analyzer and I/O-  
module expert  
configuration...  
System configuration  
Display controls...  
and diagnostics...  
Section 4  
Section 5  
Section 6  
Section 7  
- Calibration procedure  
status...  
- Zero calibration of all  
ranges  
- Span calibration of the  
current range  
- Current gas valve setting:  
- Zero gas flow  
- Analyzer module  
controls... (AM)  
- I/O module controls...  
(I/O's: SIO, DIO)  
- Analyzer module setup...  
(AM)  
- I/O module setup...  
(Other micro processor  
controlled I/O's)  
- System calibration... (CM)  
- Diagnostic menus...  
(AM, CM, I/O's: SIO, DIO  
and other I/O's)  
- Date and time... (CM)  
- Security codes...  
- Display controls of the  
front panel LCD  
- Front panel control  
(number of digits)  
- Auxiliary lines  
(for the  
single component display)  
(Lock of each level)  
- Network module binding...  
(AM, CM, I/O's: SIO, DIO  
and other I/O's)  
- System reset... (CM)  
- System modules... (CM)  
- System tag (CM)  
- Span gas flow  
- Sample gas flow  
- Test gas flow  
- Closing all valves  
Notes:  
*
*
*
Menu lines ending with three points (...) are followed by submenus with further functions and set-ups.  
All set-ups in the menu "Basic controls" are valid for the analyzer module (AM).  
At each menu point of the "Expert configuration" and "System configuration" you can find which functionality will be set up:  
AM (Analyzer Module), CM (Control Module), I/O (Input-/Output Module).  
NGA 2000  
2 - 2  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
3 Startup and Operation, General Notes and Main Menu  
3.1 Starting and Initializing  
After switching on the MLT analyzer or analyzer module (in a platform or part of a NGA  
network), the initialization procedure will be performed. A self control of the analyzer  
modules or the analyzer is running. You can see a sequence of several displays. They  
show the status of initialization, revision notes of the MLT software and the  
tag:  
(C) 1998 FISHER-ROSEMOUNT Analytical  
NGA-2000 Control Module/Version 3.2.1  
Initializing Network  
Initializing network interface  
LCDReset  
Abort  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
If you press the F1 key during the initializing, you will reset the LCD brightness and  
contrast to factory settings (see also section 7). Pressing the F3 key will abort the network  
initializing. Then you will have no connection to any analyzer module. Only the menus of  
the platform will be available.  
At the end of the initializing procedure you can see the single component display of  
channel one (see illustration on next page). It is the origin to all the other channels, menus  
and submenus.  
The instructions of the basic controls (chapter four) are all beginning with the single com-  
ponent display. The actual display might differ from the shown one because the customer  
can configure it according to his requirements (see section 5.1.8 p. 5-49 and section 7).  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
3 - 1  
3.2 Display and Function  
The LCD screen shows all measurement values of the analyzer and all customer  
instructions. You can operate with five function keys, four arrow keys (cursors) and the  
enter key. The function of each key depends on:  
¨ the type of analyzer/analyzer module used  
¨ the optional auxiliary modules (e.g. I/O boards) used  
¨ the individual menu displayed  
In case of power failure all customer specific module parameters are saved by a battery-  
powered buffer.  
3.3 "TAG" and Operating Keys  
At the top left of each menu page you will find the tag of the current channel.  
Typical tags:  
¨ MLT/CH1/R1: MLT Analyzer or Analyzer Module / CHannel 1 / Range 1  
¨ TFID-R1:  
Thermo FID Analyzer or Analyzer Module - Range 1  
In this manual you will find normally "TAG" as general name. But in the specific MLT  
menu pages you will find "MLT".  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Cursor keys:  
-key / ¯ -key:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
¨ Line up / line down  
within the same menu  
¨ Alteration of numbers,  
variables or digits  
¬ -key / ® -key:  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
¨ Moving back/forwards  
between the pages of  
a menu  
¨ Selection of digits  
Enter Key:  
Function Keys:  
¨ To confirm a previously entered value  
(variable)  
¨ To start a selected function  
(Alternative: ® -key)  
¨ To go into a menu (via menu line)  
¨ keys without defined functions  
¨ The current function depends on  
the menu selected  
¨ The softkey legend is shown on  
the display above the key  
NGA 2000  
3 - 2  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
   
3 Startup and Operation, General Notes and Main Menu  
3.4 Lines and Softkey Functionality  
Lines can be selected by the ¯ -key or the -key. The selected line is displayed white on  
black. You have four different types of lines in the menu:  
Menu line... / Menu Softkey...  
¨ Line/Softkey lettering ending with three dots.  
¨ You will go to a submenu/further menu by pressing the softkey resp. by pressing the  
8 -key or the ® -key in the menu line.  
Function line / Function Softkey !  
¨ Line/Softkey lettering ending with an exclamation-mark.  
¨ You will start a function (e.g. calibration) by pressing the softkey resp. by pressing the  
8 -key or the ® -key in the function line.  
Line of variables:  
¨ Line ending with a colon.  
¨ Display of module parameters (variables).  
¨ Some parameters can be changed (e.g. begin of range), some parameters display only  
a status (e.g. temperature) and cannot be changed. These variables will be displayed  
below a line within the menu.  
Text line  
¨ Line without any punctuation marks.  
¨ Only display of informations.  
The following illustrations shall make plain the functionalities of lines and softkeys des-  
cribed above:  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Menu Line  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
Function Lines  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
Lines of Variables  
(These here cannot  
be changed)  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
3 - 3  
Text Line  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Status --  
Procedure status:  
Ready  
0 s  
Samplegas  
37.50 ppm  
Remaining procedure time:  
Current/expected gas flow:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
---------------------- Results ----------------------  
Last zero calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Last span calibration:  
Last zero calibration was:  
Last span calibration was:  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:32:06  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:37:23  
Successful zero+span calibrated ranges:  
1+2+3+4  
Measure  
Cancel !  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Function Softkey  
Menu Softkeys  
3.5 Important Functions of the Softkeys  
Display  
¨ Change from the single component display to the multi component display.  
¨ F1 in the single component display.  
Measure  
¨ Change from all menus and submenus to the single component display of the channel  
selected.  
¨ F1.  
Status (see section 4.1 p. 4-3!)  
¨ Change to the menu "Analyzer Channel Status":  
Display of the most important parameters and information about the status of the  
current channel or module.  
¨ If available: F2.  
Main (see section 3.8 p. 3-7!)  
¨ Change from the single component display to the main menu.  
¨ F3 in the single component display.  
Channel  
¨ Scrolling through the channels in the same menu. In the main menu and the single  
component display you can move among all channels of the connected analyzers and  
analyzer modules. In the submenus you can only move among the channels of the  
current analyzer or analyzer modules.  
¨ If available: F3 (F4 in the single component display).  
NGA 2000  
3 - 4  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
 
3 Startup and Operation, General Notes and Main Menu  
Lock  
¨ Lock of all three operation levels from the main menu, if a security code is activated in  
the system configuration level (see section 6.3 p. 6-7).  
¨ F4 in the main menu.  
Calib (see section 4.4 p. 4-37 and 5.1.1 p. 5-15!)  
¨ Change from the single component display to the menu "Analyzer module calibration".  
¨ F5 in the single component display.  
MFG Data (see section 3.8 p. 3-7/8!)  
¨ Change from the main menu to the menu "Module Manufacturing Data":  
Further submenus are available with informations about the control module and  
analyzer module data, such as address of the manufacturer, serial number of the  
modules or the software and hardware revisions.  
¨ F5 in the main menu.  
Back  
¨ Moving back to the last menu page selected (Alternative: ¬ -key) or  
reset of a changed but not confirmed parameter to the former value.  
¨ If available: F4 for moving back, F2 for reset.  
More  
¨ Changing to a further menu page.  
¨ If available: F5.  
3.6 Entering/Changing of Variables  
8 -key  
¨ If you have already selected a line of variables (displayed white on black) and press the  
8 -key, only the parameter will be selected and can be changed.  
If you press the 8 -key again, the new value will be confirmed.  
-key / ¯ -key  
¨ Function depends on the variable selected: - Changing the parameter values  
- Scrolling among variables selected  
- Changing of digits or characters  
¨ Increasing or decreasing of numbers.  
¬ -key / ® -key  
¨ Selection of digits within a number.  
¨ For some variables you can change the quantity of digits or characters.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
3 - 5  
 
3.7 Starting a function  
If you press the 8 -key or the ® -key in a function line, you will be asked to confirm the  
order in the following way:  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Confirmation Required --  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Yes  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
¨ If you will press the F2 key, the function will start immediately.  
¨ If you will press the F4 key, you will go back to the last menu page.  
Note: If you don't want to be asked before the start of each function, you can configure it  
in the menu "Measurement Display Configuration" in the expert configuration level (see  
section 5.1.8 p. 5-49). Select "No" in the line "Display confirmation menus". Then, each  
function will start directly after the order is done and no confirmation will be required.  
NGA 2000  
3 - 6  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
 
3 Startup and Operation, General Notes and Main Menu  
3.8 Main Menu  
If you press the F3 key (Main...) or the ® -key in any single component display, you  
will change to the "Main Menu". From there you can change to all operating levels  
of your MLT analyzer or analyzer module to set up and control the parameters of  
measurement, calibration and data transfer !  
Via the F5 key (MFG Data) you can change to several submenus, where you will find  
a lot of important data about the control module (MLT analyzer or platform) and the  
analyzer module, such as service address or serial number !  
Ramifications from the Main Menu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Main Menu --  
Analyzer module calibration & basic controls...  
Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration...  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
Display controls...  
Se e c ha pte r 4 !  
Se e c ha pte r 5 !  
Se e c ha pte r 6 !  
Se e c ha pte r 7 !  
Time & Date:  
System tag:  
14:01:45 25 May 1998  
Fisher-Rosemount  
To s e tup s e e 6.2 p. 6-6  
Fa c tory Se tting  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Lock...  
MFG Data  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Changing to the s ingle component dis play of the  
current channel  
Section 3.1 p. 3-1/2 !  
Section 4.1 p. 4-3 !  
See channel tag !  
Section 6.3 p. 6-7 !  
See next pages !  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
+
+
+
+
+
Changing to the menu "Analyzer Channel Status " of  
the current channel  
Scrolling through all channels of the connected  
analyzers and analyzer modules  
Lock of any operating level by s ecurity code  
Changing to the menu "Module Manufacturing Data"  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
3 - 7  
Ramifications from the menu "Module Manufacturing Data":  
1. Control module data:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Module Manufacturing Data --  
Control module data...  
Analyzer module data...  
(C) Copyright Fisher-Rosemount GmbH & Co, 1998  
Manufactured by:  
Fisher-Rosemount GmbH & Co  
Industriestrasse 1  
D-63594 Hasselroth / Germany  
Tel. (+49) 6055 884-0  
FAX. (+49) 6055 884-209  
Measure  
Or...  
Back...  
More...  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F5  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Control Module Version Information --  
Serial number:  
Manufacturing date:  
CM 4711  
14.05.1998  
(C) Copyright Fisher-Rosemount Analytical Inc., 1998  
Manufactured by:  
Rosemount Analytical Inc.  
4125 East La Palma Avenue  
Anaheim, CA 92807-1802 /USA  
Tel: (714) 986-7600  
Hardware revision:  
Software revision:  
Revision date:  
ACU02 R: 3.2.2  
3.2.1/P001  
May 29 1998  
12:35:00  
Revision time:  
FAX: (714) 577-8739  
Phrase dictionary version:  
Language:  
P001/1  
English  
Measure  
Back...  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
2. Analyzer module data:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Module Manufacturing Data --  
Control module data...  
Analyzer module data...  
(C) Copyright Fisher-Rosemount GmbH & Co, 1998  
Manufactured by:  
Fisher-Rosemount GmbH & Co  
Industriestrasse 1  
D-63594 Hasselroth / Germany  
Tel. (+49) 6055 884-0  
FAX. (+49) 6055 884-209  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F5  
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Version Information --  
-- Hardware Configuration --  
Serial number:  
AM 4712  
Measurement system:  
RAM-memory:  
Local SIO module installed:  
Serial interface adaptor:  
Heater installed:  
Local DIO module installed:  
Sensor system revision:  
PSV-System  
242748 Bytes  
Enabled  
RS-232  
No  
Manufacturing date:  
14.05.1998  
Hardware revision:  
Software revision:  
Revision date:  
ACU02 R: 3.2.2  
3.2.1 / P001  
May 29 1998  
12:41:18  
2
Revision time:  
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
3 - 8  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 Basic Controls and Analyzer Module Calibration  
In the chapter "Basic Controls and Analyzer Module Calibration" the most important mea-  
surement and calibration functions of your MLT analyzer or analyzer module are described.  
All steps are figured with detailed illustrations and operation instructions. In the left column  
you can see display and keyboard of the NGA front panel. The keys you have to press are  
illustrated in black. In the right column you can read the instructions and notes. All  
instructions will begin with any single component display and will end with the correspond-  
ing single component display after the setups are done. So you can easily compare the  
actual display of the analyzer or analyzer module with the illustrations of the manual.  
Example: You want to change from the single component display of channel 1(CO2) to  
the single component display of channel 2 (CO).  
· Picture one shows the starting situation: single component display of CO2.  
· Picture two shows the result you get if you press the F4 key (Channel):  
single component display of CO.  
Left column:  
Right column:  
Display and keyboard  
Instructions and notes  
Þ Change to the single  
component display  
of another channel  
MLT25/CH1/R2  
2.50  
%CO2  
Range: 2  
0
5.00  
F4  
Temperature:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
25.0 C 0.0  
100.0  
Press  
Any_Alarms:  
Operation:  
No  
Ready  
Example:  
Changing from  
CO2 (Channel 1) to  
CO (Channel 2)  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Next instruction  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
or step  
95.00  
ppm CO  
Range: 2  
0
250  
Temperature:  
25.0 C 0.0  
100.0  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Any_Alarms:  
Operation:  
No  
Ready  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 1  
NGA 2000  
4 - 2  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1 Analyzer Channel Status  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
Channel Status"  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Press  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
In the menu "Analyzer  
Channel Status" you can  
find status informations  
of the current channel.  
Via the menu lines "Status  
details..." and "Operational  
settings..." you can change  
to further submenus.  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
(see 4.1.1 p. 4-5...30 and  
4.1.2 p. 4-31/32)  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
display  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
F1  
Press  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
Note:  
Via the F2 key you can  
change to submenus  
containing the primary  
and secondary raw  
measurements.  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Back in the single  
component display  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
0.00  
Range: 1  
No  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 3  
NGA 2000  
4 - 4  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Failures  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Channel Status"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Status  
Details"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
or  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the "List  
of Possible Failures  
(page 1 of 2)"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
or  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 5  
Þ Change to the  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
37.50 ppm  
second menu page  
-- List of Possible Failures(1/2) --  
F5  
One or more failures:  
Configuration replaced by factory setting:  
Chopper fail:  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Press  
Raw signal too high:  
Detector signal communication failed:  
Raw signal too low:  
(reserved)  
(reserved)  
Temperature measurement:  
Invalid pressure measurement:  
No  
No  
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
display  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
37.50 ppm  
-- List of Possible Failures(2/2) --  
External Input:  
Linearization underflow:  
Linearization overflow:  
No  
No  
No  
F1  
Press  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Back in the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
channel  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 6  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Maintenance Requests  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Channel Status"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Status  
Details"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
or  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Maintenance  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
requests..."  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
or  
as often as necessary to  
get the menu line  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
"Maintenance requests..."  
white on black.  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 7  
Þ Change to the  
"List of Possible  
Maintenance  
Requests  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
(page 1 of 2)"  
Press  
or  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
second menu page  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
37.50 ppm  
-- List of Possible Maintenance Requests(1/2) --  
F5  
One or more maintenance requests:  
Too much hours of operation:  
Zero calibration - deviation too high:  
Span calibration - deviation too high:  
Measurement too noisy for zero calibration:  
Measurement too noisy for span calibration:  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Press  
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
display  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
37.50 ppm  
-- List of Possible Maintenance Requests(2/2) --  
External Input:  
No  
F1  
Press  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 8  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Maintenance Requests  
Þ Back in the single  
component display  
TAG  
of the current  
channel  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 9  
NGA 2000  
4 - 10  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Function Controls  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Channel Status"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Status  
Details"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
or  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Function controls..."  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
or  
as often as necessary  
to get the menu line  
"Function controls..."  
white on black.  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 11  
Þ Change to the  
"List of Possible  
Function Controls"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
or  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
display  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
37.50 ppm  
-- List of Possible Function Controls(1/1) --  
One or more function controls:  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Request from external input:  
Concentration raw signal simulation:  
No sample gas flowing:  
Calibration in progress:  
State - Warmup:  
F1  
Press  
State - Pause:  
State - Standby:  
Secondary measurement simulation:  
External input:  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Back in the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
channel  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 12  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Measurements/Alarms  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Channel Status"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Status  
Details"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
or  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Measurements/  
Alarms..."  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
or  
as often as necessary  
to get the menu line  
"Measurements/Alarms..."  
white on black.  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 13  
Þ Change to the  
submenu  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
"Measurements/  
Alarms"  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
or  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the single  
component display  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Measurements/Alarms --  
F1  
Press  
Concentration...  
Concentration average...  
Flow...  
Options:  
· With the or the ¯ -key  
you can change to each  
line in the menu.  
· Press the 8 -key in the  
line selected to change to  
the corresponding sub-  
menu: There you will find  
the status of the four  
alarms  
Pressure...  
Temperature...  
Calculator-1...  
Calculator-2...  
Calculator-3...  
Calculator-4...  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Note: If the hardware of the  
menu point selected is not  
available, a corresponding  
message will appear!  
Þ Back in the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
channel  
0.00  
Range: 1  
No  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 14  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Events  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Channel Status"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Status  
Details"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
or  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Events..."  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
as often as necessary  
to get the menu line  
or  
"Events..." white on black.  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 15  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Analyzer  
Module Events  
(page 1 of 2)"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
or  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
second menu page  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Events (1/2) --  
F5  
Failure:  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
Press  
Maintenance request:  
Function control/Service:  
Last configuration lost:  
Concentration alarm:  
Flow alarm:  
Note:  
If any event has happened,  
you will find a report of date  
and time in the corresponding  
line of this menu.  
Linearization underflow:  
Linearization overflow:  
Calculator alarms active:  
Local analog output out of range:  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
display  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Events (2/2) --  
Zero calibration started:  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
--.--.--  
Zero calibration finished:  
Span calibration started:  
Span calibration finished:  
Concentration average alarm:  
Temperature alarm:  
F1  
Press  
Pressure alarm:  
New linearization calculated:  
Sensor calibration:  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 16  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Events  
Þ Back to the single  
component display  
TAG  
of the current  
channel  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 17  
NGA 2000  
4 - 18  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Acknowledge and Clear Failures  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Channel Status"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Range: 1  
Yes  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Notes:  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
If you have solved the  
reasons for the failures  
reported, you should start  
this function.  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
The menu "List of Possible  
Failures" will be ready for  
new reports !  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Status  
Details"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
or  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Acknowledge and  
clear failures !"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
as often as necessary  
to get the menu line  
or  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
"Acknowledge and clear  
failures !" white on black.  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 19  
Þ Start the function  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Press  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
or  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Note:  
Starting this function here is  
only possible, if it is enabled  
in the menu "Acknowledge-  
ment of Status Reports"  
(see 5.1.9 p. 5-52) !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirm the order  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
F2  
Press  
to start the function  
immediately.  
-- Confirmation Required --  
Option:  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order and go  
back to the menu "Status  
Details".  
Yes  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirmation  
message of the  
function start  
appears  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
This message will be dis-  
played after the function  
has been started.  
Then the display will jump  
automatically to the menu  
"Status Details".  
- S U C C E S S -  
- The selected function has been started/executed -  
(Wait a moment...)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 20  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Acknowledge and Clear Failures  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
display of the  
channel selected  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
F1  
Press  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Back to the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
channel after  
clearing of failures  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 21  
NGA 2000  
4 - 22  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Acknowledge and Clear Maintenance Requests  
Þ Change to the menu  
"Analyzer Channel  
TAG  
Status"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Note:  
Maintenance-Requests: Yes  
If you have solved the  
reasons for the maintenance  
requests reported, you  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
should start this function.  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
The menu "List of Possible  
Maintenance Requests" will  
be ready for new reports !  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Status  
Details"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
or  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Acknowledge and  
clear maintenance  
requests !"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
or  
as often as necessary  
to get the menu line  
"Acknowledge and clear  
maintenance requests !"  
white on black.  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MlT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 23  
Þ Start the function  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Press  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
or  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Note:  
Starting this function here is  
only possible, if it is enabled  
in the menu "Acknowledge-  
ment of Status Reports"  
(see 5.1.9 p. 5-52) !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirm the order  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
F2  
Press  
to start the function  
immediately.  
-- Confirmation Required --  
Option:  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order and go  
back to the menu "Status  
Details".  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Yes  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirmation  
message of the  
function start  
appears  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
This message will be dis-  
played after the function  
has been started.  
Then the display will jump  
automatically to the menu  
"Status Details".  
- S U C C E S S -  
- The selected function has been started/executed -  
(Wait a moment...)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 24  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Acknowledge and Clear Maintenance Requests  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
display of the  
channel selected  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
F1  
Press  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Back to the single  
component display  
of the current  
channel after  
clearing of  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
maintenance  
requests  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MlT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 25  
NGA 2000  
4 - 26  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Acknowledge and Clear Function Controls  
Þ Change to the menu  
"Analyzer Channel  
TAG  
Status"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Notes:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
If you have solved the  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
reasons for the function  
controls reported, you  
should start this function.  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
The menu "List of Possible  
Function Controls" will be  
ready for new reports !  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Status  
Details"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
or  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Acknowledge  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
and clear function  
controls !"  
-- Status Details --  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
Press  
or  
as often as necessary  
to get the menu line  
"Acknowledge and clear  
function controls!" white  
on black.  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 27  
Þ Start the function  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
Press  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
or  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Note:  
Starting this function here is  
only possible, if it is enabled  
in the menu "Acknowledge-  
ment of Status Reports"  
(see 5.1.9 p. 5-52) !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirm the order  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
F2  
Press  
to start the function  
immediately.  
-- Confirmation Required --  
Option:  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order and go  
back to the menu "Status  
Details".  
Yes  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirmation  
message of the  
function start  
appears  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
This message will be dis-  
played after the function  
has been started.  
Then the display will jump  
automatically to the menu  
"Status Details".  
- S U C C E S S -  
- The selected function has been started/executed -  
(Wait a moment...)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 28  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.1 Analyzer Channel Status - Status Details  
Acknowledge and Clear Function Controls  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Status Details --  
display of the  
channel selected  
Failures...  
Maintenance requests...  
Function controls...  
Measurements/Alarms...  
Events...  
F1  
Press  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Back to the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
channel after  
clearing of function  
controls  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 29  
NGA 2000  
4 - 30  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.1.2 Analyzer Channel Status - Operational Settings  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Channel Status"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F2  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Operational  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
settings..."  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
to get the line  
"Operational settings..."  
white on black.  
once  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
Alarms:  
Failures:  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
164  
Ready  
No  
No  
No  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
Operation Settings"  
-- Analyzer Channel Status --  
Status details...  
Operational settings...  
Press  
Hours of operations:  
Operation status:  
Events:  
164  
Ready  
No  
Alarms:  
No  
Failures:  
No  
Maintenance requests:  
Function control/Service:  
No  
No  
Measure  
RawMeas  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 31  
Þ Change to the  
submenu "Auto-  
Start Procedures"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Operation Settings --  
Remote control:  
Range change control:  
Range:  
Range upper limit:  
Span gas concentration:  
t90-time:  
Enabled  
Manual  
1
50.00 ppm  
Press  
50.00 ppm  
2.00 s  
Hours of operation:  
Last re-start occured:  
Actual zero gas concentration:  
Auto-start procedures...  
164  
8:40:35 June 22, 1998  
0.00 ppm  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
display  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Auto-Start Procedures --  
Position in auto-start list:  
1
Note:  
In the menu  
Channel tag:  
Procedure type:  
Interval mode:  
Start time:  
-
-
"Auto-Start Procedures"  
you can control the status  
of the three kinds of time  
controlled calibrations.  
(see 5.1.1 p. 5-12/13)  
Never  
-
-
Start date:  
Time & Date:  
Measure  
16:03:25 June 22, 1998  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Back to the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
channel  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 32  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.2 Single Component Display  
Change of Channel  
Þ Change to the single  
component display  
of another channel  
MLT25/CH1/R2  
2.50  
%CO2  
F4  
Range: 2  
0
5.00  
Press  
Temperature:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
25.0 C 0.0  
100.0  
Example:  
Changing from  
CO2 (Channel 1) to  
CO (Channel 2)  
Any_Alarms:  
Operation:  
No  
Ready  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change back to the  
single component  
display of the  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00  
ppm CO  
starting channel  
Range: 2  
0
250  
F4  
Press  
as often  
Temperature:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Any_Alarms:  
Operation:  
25.0 C 0.0  
100.0  
as necessary to get the  
display of the channel  
you want  
No  
Ready  
Note:  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
You can reach any existing  
channel by pressing the F4  
key for several times.  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Single component  
display of the  
starting channel  
appears  
MLT25/CH1/R2  
2.50  
%CO2  
Range: 2  
0
5.00  
Temperature:  
25.0 C 0.0  
100.0  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Any_Alarms:  
Operation:  
No  
Ready  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 33  
NGA 2000  
4 - 34  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.3 Multi Component Display  
Change of Channel  
Þ Change to the  
multi component  
display  
MLT25/CH1/R2  
2.50  
%CO2  
F1  
Range: 2  
0
5.00  
Press  
Temperature:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
25.0 C 0.0  
100.0  
Note:  
You can change to the multi  
component display from  
each single component  
display.  
Any_Alarms:  
Operation:  
No  
Ready  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Enable the "selecting  
symbol": >  
MLT25/CH1  
%CO2  
2.50  
95.00  
333.0  
150.0  
20.00  
[2]  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
5.00  
250.00  
500.00  
150.00  
100.00  
F1  
MLT25/CH2  
ppm CO  
Press  
Notes:  
or  
[2]  
[2]  
MLT25/CH3  
ppm SO2  
· In each bargraph you will  
find the begin and end of  
range of the corresponding  
channel. (F.S. = full scale)  
· The number in parentheses  
shows the number of the  
selected range.  
MLT25/CH4  
ppm NO  
[2] F.S.  
[2]  
MLT25/CH5  
%O2  
Select  
Status...  
Tags Off  
LCDReset  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Option:  
With the F3 key you can  
fade out or in the tags.  
Þ Select any channel  
MLT25/CH1  
%CO2  
MLT25/CH2  
ppm CO  
2.50  
95.00  
333.0  
150.0  
20.00  
[2]  
[2]  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
5.00  
250.00  
500.00  
150.00  
100.00  
Press  
or  
as often as necessary to  
put the > - mark into the  
line you want to select.  
MLT25/CH3  
ppm SO2  
[2]  
MLT25/CH4  
ppm NO  
[2] F.S.  
[2]  
MLT25/CH5  
%O2  
Example:  
Change from  
CO2 (Channel 1) to  
CO (Channel 2)  
Select  
Status...  
Tags Off  
LCDReset  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 35  
Þ Change to the single  
component display of  
the channel selected  
MLT25/CH1  
%CO2  
2.50  
95.00  
333.0  
150.0  
20.00  
[2]  
[2]  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
0.00  
5.00  
250.00  
500.00  
150.00  
100.00  
MLT25/CH2  
ppm CO  
F1  
MLT25/CH3  
ppm SO2  
Press  
[2]  
MLT25/CH4  
ppm NO  
[2] F.S.  
[2]  
Note:  
MLT25/CH5  
%O2  
With the F5 key you can  
enable the LCD-brightness  
and contrast of the factory  
settings (see also section 7).  
Select  
Status...  
Tags Off  
LCDReset  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Single component  
display of the  
channel selected  
appears  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00  
ppm CO  
Range: 2  
0
250  
Temperature:  
25.0 C 0.0  
100.0  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Any_Alarms:  
Operation:  
No  
Ready  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 36  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.4 Calibration Procedure Status  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Module Calibration"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F5  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Calibration  
Procedure Status"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
Press  
Options:  
Via the F5 key you can  
change to a submenu,  
where you can close all  
valves or set up each valve  
separately with:  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
· zero gas or  
· span gas or  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· sample gas or  
· test gas.  
(See sections 4.7 to 4.11,  
p. 4-47...)  
Þ Change to the menu  
page "Calibration  
Deviations"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Status --  
Procedure status:  
Ready  
0 s  
Samplegas  
37.50 ppm  
Remaining procedure time:  
Current/expected gas flow:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
F5  
Press  
---------------------- Results ----------------------  
Last zero calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Last span calibration:  
Last zero calibration was:  
Last span calibration was:  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:32:06  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:37:23  
Successful zero+span calibrated ranges:  
1+2+3+4  
Measure  
Cancel !  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 37  
Þ Change to the single  
component display of  
the current channel  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Calibration Deviations --  
Deviation from zero:  
Sum of zero deviations:  
0.34 ppm  
4.41 ppm  
F1  
Press  
Options:  
· With the F3 key you can  
change to further available  
channels to check their  
"Calibration Deviations".  
· With the F4 key you can  
go back to the menu  
"Calibration Procedure  
Status".  
Deviation from span:  
0.82 ppm  
7.57 ppm  
Sum of span deviations:  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Back to the single  
component display  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 38  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.5 Zero Calibration  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Module Calibration"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F5  
Press  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Caution:  
Failures:  
Before starting zero  
calibration, realize that  
zero gas is available !  
(See also section 5.1.1,  
p. 5-5... !)  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
Note:  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
The zeroing of all measure-  
ment ranges of the same  
channel is running simulta-  
neously.  
Þ Change to the  
line "Start zero  
calibration  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
procedure !"  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
Press  
once to  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
get the line "Start zero  
calibration procedure !"  
white on black.  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Start the zero  
calibration  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
Press  
or  
Time & Date:  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 39  
Þ Confirm the order for  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
zero calibration  
F2  
Press  
to start  
the zeroing immediately.  
Option:  
-- Confirmation Required --  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order.  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Notes:  
· The display of this message  
depends on the setup in  
the expert configurations.  
(see 5.1.8 p. 5-49)  
· The 3 following illustrations  
show the displays you can  
see after starting the  
zeroing procedure.  
Yes  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Zeroing:  
1. Purging-Wait  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Status --  
Notes:  
Procedure status:  
Purging1-Wait  
8 s  
· The procedure time de-  
pends on the parameters  
entered for purge time  
(see section 5.1.1 p. 5-9).  
· The purge time must be  
long enough to get a stable  
signal before calibration.  
Remaining procedure time:  
Current/expected gas flow:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
Zerogas  
37.50 ppm  
---------------------- Results ----------------------  
Last zero calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Last span calibration:  
Last zero calibration was:  
Last span calibration was:  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:32:06  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:37:23  
Successful zero+span calibrated ranges:  
1+2+3+4  
· You can cancel the run-  
ning calibration procedure  
at any time with the F2 key.  
Measure  
Cancel !  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Zeroing:  
2. Zeroing-Wait  
TAG  
3.13 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Status --  
Note:  
Procedure status:  
Zeroing-Wait  
97 s  
The procedure time de-  
pends on the parameters  
entered for stability time and  
averaging time.  
Remaining procedure time:  
Current/expected gas flow:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
Zerogas  
3.13 ppm  
---------------------- Results ----------------------  
Last zero calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Last span calibration:  
Last zero calibration was:  
Last span calibration was:  
(see section 5.1.1 p. 5-9)  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:32:06  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:37:23  
Successful zero+span calibrated ranges:  
1+2+3+4  
Measure  
Cancel !  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 40  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.5 Zero Calibration  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
display of the  
TAG  
0.00 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Status --  
current channel  
Procedure status:  
Ready  
0 s  
Samplegas  
0.00 ppm  
Remaining procedure time:  
Current/expected gas flow:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
F1  
Press  
---------------------- Results ----------------------  
Last zero calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Last span calibration:  
Last zero calibration was:  
Last span calibration was:  
Mon 06-08-1998 09:21:34  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:37:23  
Options:  
· F4 key: Changing back  
to the menu "Analyzer  
Module Calibration".  
· F5 key: Changing to  
the menu "Calibration  
Deviations".  
Successful zero+span calibrated ranges:  
1+2+3+4  
Measure  
Cancel !  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Single component  
display appears after  
zeroing is done  
TAG  
0.00  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 41  
NGA 2000  
4 - 42  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.6 Span Calibration  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Module Calibration"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F5  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Caution:  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Before starting span  
calibration, realize that  
spangas with correct  
concentration is available !  
(See also section 5.1.1,  
p.5-5... !)  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Start span calibration  
procedure !"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
Press  
twice to get  
the line "Start span  
calibration procedure !"  
white on black.  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Notes:  
· Normally, all measurement  
ranges of the same chan-  
nel will be calibrated simul-  
taneously.  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· To calibrate seperately you  
have to change the para-  
meters (see 5.1.1 p. 5-11).  
Þ Start the  
span calibration  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
Press  
or  
Time & Date:  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 43  
Þ Confirm the order for  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
span calibration  
F2  
Press  
to start  
the spanning immediately.  
-- Confirmation Required --  
Option:  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order.  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Notes:  
· The display of this message  
depends on the setup in  
the expert configurations.  
(see 5.1.8 p. 5-49)  
Yes  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· The 3 following illustrations  
show the displays you can  
see after starting the  
spanning procedure.  
Þ Spanning:  
1. Purging-Wait  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Status --  
Notes:  
Procedure status:  
Purging1-Wait  
4 s  
· The procedure time de-  
pends on the parameters  
entered for purge time  
(see 5.1.1 p. 5-9).  
· The purge time must be  
long enough to get a stable  
signal before calibration.  
Remaining procedure time:  
Current/expected gas flow:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
Spangas-1  
37.50 ppm  
---------------------- Results ----------------------  
Last zero calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Last span calibration:  
Last zero calibration was:  
Last span calibration was:  
Mon 06-08-1998 09:21:34  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:37:23  
Successful zero+span calibrated ranges:  
1+2+3+4  
· You can cancel the run-  
ning calibration procedure  
at any time with the F2 key.  
Measure  
Cancel !  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Spanning:  
2. Spanning-Wait  
TAG  
43.57  
-- Calibration Procedure Status --  
Note:  
Procedure status:  
Spanning-Wait  
108 s  
The procedure time de-  
pends on the parameters  
entered for stability time and  
averaging time.  
Remaining procedure time:  
Current/expected gas flow:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
Spangas-1  
43.57 ppm  
---------------------- Results ----------------------  
Last zero calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Last span calibration:  
Last zero calibration was:  
Last span calibration was:  
(see 5.1.1 p.5-9)  
Mon 06-08-1998 09:21:34  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:37:23  
Successful zero+span calibrated ranges:  
1+2+3+4  
Measure  
Cancel !  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 44  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.6 Span Calibration  
Þ Change to the  
single component  
display of the  
TAG  
50.00 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Status --  
current channel  
Procedure status:  
Ready  
0 s  
Samplegas  
50.00 ppm  
Remaining procedure time:  
Current/expected gas flow:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
F1  
Press  
---------------------- Results ----------------------  
Last zero calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Last span calibration:  
Last zero calibration was:  
Last span calibration was:  
Mon 06-08-1998 09:21:34  
Mon 06-08-1998 09:28:13  
Options:  
· F4 key: Changing back  
to the menu "Analyzer  
Module Calibration".  
· F5 key: Changing to  
the menu "Calibration  
Deviations".  
Successful zero+span calibrated ranges:  
1+2+3+4  
Measure  
Cancel !  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Single component  
display appears after  
spanning is done  
TAG  
50.00  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1 F.S.  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 45  
NGA 2000  
4 - 46  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.7 Flow Zero Gas  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Module Calibration"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F5  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Caution:  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Before starting zero gas  
flow, realize that zero gas  
is available !  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
(See also section 5.1.1,  
p.5-5... !)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Set Gas  
Valves"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
F5  
Press  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Start the zero  
gas flow  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Press  
Close all valves !  
or  
Starting this function will  
switch on the zero gas  
valve as current gas valve.  
Valve position:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Operation status:  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 47  
Þ Confirm the order to  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
flow zero gas  
F2  
Press  
to start the zero  
gas flow immediately.  
-- Confirmation Required --  
Option:  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order and go  
back to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
Yes  
Back...  
Note:  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
The display of this message  
depends on the setup in the  
expert configurations.  
(see 5.1.8 p. 5-49)  
Þ Confirmation  
message of the  
function start  
appears  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
Note:  
- S U C C E S S -  
This message will be  
displayed after the function  
has been started. Then the  
display will jump automatic-  
ally to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
- The selected function has been started/executed -  
(Wait a moment...)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
0.00 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
channel  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Options:  
· Start the gasflow with  
span gas, sample gas  
or test gas.  
Close all valves !  
· Close all valves.  
· F3 key: Changing to  
another available channel  
to execute gas flow.  
· F4 key: Go back to the  
menu "Analyzer Module  
Calibration" to start  
zeroing or spanning.  
Valve position:  
Zerogas  
Ready  
Operation status:  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 48  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.7 Flow Zero Gas  
Þ Single component  
display appears  
TAG  
during the zero gas  
flow is running  
0.00  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 49  
NGA 2000  
4 - 50  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.8 Flow Span Gas  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Module Calibration"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F5  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Caution:  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Before starting span gas  
flow, realize that spangas  
is available !  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
(See also section 5.1.1,  
p. 5-5... !)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Set Gas  
Valves"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
F5  
Press  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Flow span gas !"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Press  
get the line "Flow span  
gas !" white on black.  
once to  
Close all valves !  
Valve position:  
Operation status:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 51  
Þ Start the span  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
gas flow  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Press  
Close all valves !  
or  
Valve position:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Starting this function will  
switch on the span gas  
valve as current gas valve.  
Operation status:  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirm the order to  
flow span gas  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
F2  
Press  
to start the span  
-- Confirmation Required --  
gas flow immediately.  
Option:  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order and go  
back to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
Yes  
Back...  
Note:  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
The display of this message  
depends on the setup in the  
expert configurations.  
(see 5.1.8 p. 5-49)  
Þ Confirmation  
message of the  
function start  
appears  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
Note:  
- S U C C E S S -  
This message will be  
displayed after the function  
has been started. Then the  
display will jump automatic-  
ally to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
- The selected function has been started/executed -  
(Wait a moment...)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 52  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.8 Flow Span Gas  
Þ Change to the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
50.00 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
channel  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Options:  
· Start the gasflow with  
zero gas, sample gas  
or test gas.  
Close all valves !  
· Close all valves.  
· F3 key: Changing to  
another available channel  
to execute gas flow.  
· F4 key: Go back to the  
menu "Analyzer Module  
Calibration" to start  
zeroing or spanning.  
Valve position:  
Spangas-1  
Ready  
Operation status:  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Single component  
display appears  
TAG  
during the span gas  
flow is running  
50.00  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1 F.S.  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 53  
NGA 2000  
4 - 54  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.9 Flow Sample Gas  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Module Calibration"  
0.00  
ppm CH4  
F5  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Set Gas  
Valves"  
TAG  
0.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
F5  
Press  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Zerogas  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Flow sample gas !"  
TAG  
0.00 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Press  
or  
as often as necessary to  
get the line "Flow sample  
gas !" white on black.  
Close all valves !  
Valve position:  
Operation status:  
Zerogas  
Ready  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 55  
Þ Start the sample  
TAG  
0.00 ppm  
gas flow  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Press  
Close all valves !  
or  
Valve position:  
Zerogas  
Ready  
Starting this function will  
switch on the sample gas  
valve as current gas valve.  
Operation status:  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirm the order to  
flow sample gas  
TAG  
0.00 ppm  
F2  
Press  
to start the sample  
-- Confirmation Required --  
gas flow immediately.  
Option:  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order and go  
back to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
Yes  
Back...  
Note:  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
The display of this message  
depends on the setup in the  
expert configurations.  
(see 5.1.8 p. 5-49)  
Þ Confirmation  
message of the  
function start  
appears  
TAG  
0.00 ppm  
Note:  
- S U C C E S S -  
This message will be  
displayed after the function  
has been started. Then the  
display will jump automatic-  
ally to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
- The selected function has been started/executed -  
(Wait a moment...)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 56  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.9 Flow Sample Gas  
Þ Change to the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
channel  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Options:  
· Start the gasflow with  
zero gas, span gas or  
test gas.  
Close all valves !  
· Close all valves.  
· F3 key: Changing to  
another available channel  
to execute gas flow.  
· F4 key: Go back to the  
menu "Analyzer Module  
Calibration" to start  
zeroing or spanning.  
Valve position:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Operation status:  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Single component  
display appears  
TAG  
during the sample  
gas flow is running  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 57  
NGA 2000  
4 - 58  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.10 Flow Test Gas  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Module Calibration"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F5  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Starting this function will  
switch an external valve and  
flow the MLT with test gas.  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Set Gas  
Valves"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
F5  
Press  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Flow test gas !"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Press  
or  
as often as necessary to  
get the line "Flow test  
gas !" white on black.  
Close all valves !  
Valve position:  
Operation status:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 59  
Þ Start the function to  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
flow test gas  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Press  
or  
Close all valves !  
Valve position:  
Operation status:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirm the order  
to flow test gas  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
F2  
Press  
to start the test gas flow  
immediately.  
-- Confirmation Required --  
Option:  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order and go  
back to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
Yes  
Back...  
Note:  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
The display of this message  
depends on the setup in the  
expert configurations.  
(see 5.1.8 p. 5-49)  
Þ Confirmation  
message of the  
function start  
appears  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
Note:  
- S U C C E S S -  
This message will be  
displayed after the function  
has been started. Then the  
display will jump automatic-  
ally to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
- The selected function has been started/executed -  
(Wait a moment...)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 60  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.10 Flow Test Gas  
Þ Change to the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
20.00 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
channel  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Options:  
· Start the gasflow with  
zero gas, span gas or  
sample gas.  
Close all valves !  
· Close all valves.  
· F3 key: Changing to  
another available channel  
to execute gas flow.  
· F4 key: Go back to the  
menu "Analyzer Module  
Calibration" to start  
zeroing or spanning.  
Valve position:  
Testgas  
Ready  
Operation status:  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Single component  
display appears  
TAG  
during the test gas  
flow is running  
20.00  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 61  
NGA 2000  
4 - 62  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.11 Close all Valves  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Analyzer  
TAG  
Module Calibration"  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
F5  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Press  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
Calib...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the  
menu "Set Gas  
Valves"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
F5  
Press  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Change to the line  
"Close all valves !"  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Press  
or  
as often as necessary to  
get the line "Close all  
valves !" white on black.  
Close all valves !  
Valve position:  
Operation status:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 63  
Þ Start the function to  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
close all valves  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Press  
or  
Close all valves !  
Valve position:  
Operation status:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Confirm the order  
to close all valves  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
F2  
Press  
to close all valves  
immediately.  
-- Confirmation Required --  
Option:  
Do you really want to do this ??  
Press "Yes" or "Back..."  
Press the F4 key if you want  
to cancel the order and go  
back to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
Yes  
Back...  
Note:  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
The display of this message  
depends on the setup in the  
expert configurations.  
(see 5.1.8 p. 5-49)  
Þ Confirmation  
message of the  
function start  
appears  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
Note:  
- S U C C E S S -  
This message will be  
displayed after the function  
has been started. Then the  
display will jump automatic-  
ally to the menu "Set Gas  
Valves".  
- The selected function has been started/executed -  
(Wait a moment...)  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
4 - 64  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4.11 Close all Valves  
Þ Change to the single  
component display  
of the current  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
channel  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Options:  
· Start the gasflow with  
zero gas, span gas,  
sample gas or test gas.  
· F3 key: Changing to  
another available channel  
to execute gas flow.  
· F4 key: Go back to the  
menu "Analyzer Module  
Calibration" to start  
zeroing or spanning.  
Close all valves !  
Valve position:  
Operation status:  
AllClosed  
Ready  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Þ Single component  
display appears in  
the standby mode:  
All valves are closed  
TAG  
37.50  
ppm CH4  
Range: 1  
No  
0.00  
50.00  
Note:  
After the valves are closed  
you can start again the  
measurement with the "Flow  
sample gas" order (see 4.9).  
Failures:  
Maintenance-Requests: No  
Temperature:  
Operation:  
20.0 C 0.0  
Ready  
100.0  
Calib...  
Display  
Status...  
Main...  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
4 - 65  
NGA 2000  
4 - 66  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 Analyzer and I/O-Module Expert Configuration  
If you press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Analyzer and I/O-module expert  
configuration..." of the "Main Menu", you will change to the following display:  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Expert Module Configuration --  
Analyzer module controls...  
I/O module controls...  
Analyzer module setup...  
I/O module setup...  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
From the menu "Expert Module Configuration" you can change to several submenus to  
set up parameters for the measurement and calibration of your analyzer and analyzer  
module. Besides you can set up the configuration for auxiliary modules. Which part of  
these menus are important for you depends on the configuration of your NGA 2000  
system.  
In the following table you will find a short overview about the contents of the menus:  
Menu  
Important Contents  
Section/Page  
Analyzer module controls... Þ See "Analyzer module setup" and note below!  
Þ Configuration of the SIO and of the DIO's * 5.2  
I/O module controls...  
installed in a platform or  
p. 83 - 98  
in an MLT analyzer (auxiliary I/O's)  
Þ Measurement set up and control  
Þ Calibration set up and control  
Þ Configuration of the SIO and of the DIO's  
installed in the MLT analyzer module  
(Local SIO/DIO)  
* 5.1  
p. 3 - 82  
Analyzer module setup...  
Þ Programmable logic control (PLC)  
Þ Programmable calculators  
Þ Set up for micro processor controlled  
auxiliary I/O modules  
* 5.3 / p. 99  
I/O module setup...  
Note:  
All submenus of "Analyzer module controls..." are the same like those of "Analyzer module  
setup...", if you use an MLT analyzer or analyzer module (resp. TFID analyzer or analyzer  
module)! If your analyzer is not such a type, the submenus of "Analyzer module  
controls..." and "Analyzer module setup..." will look different, partially. Look at the  
corresponding software manuals.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 1  
Structure of chapter five:  
At the begin of any chapter you will find the way to a certain submenu of the MLT software  
starting from the line "Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration" in the "Main Menu".  
The way will be described with the software catchwords, that you have to enter one after  
another to reach the corresponding submenu. At the end of the catchword listing you will  
find the illustration of the LCD screen. After that you can read the set up instructions and  
explanations. Sometimes the illustration will be completed by sketches or further menu  
pictures.  
Example: You will set up the calibration parameters for the calibration procedure of the  
analyzer module.  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Calibration parameters  
¯
Calibration procedure setup  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Setup --  
Purge time:  
10 s  
120 s  
Tracking  
Together  
Procedure times-out after:  
Analog output during calibration:  
Span ranges:  
Valve position:  
Samplegas  
Stability time:  
Averaging time:  
30 s  
5 s  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Calibration Procedure Setup" you can set up the parameters for the cali-  
bration procedure of the zeroing and spanning ...  
Further explanations and instructions will follow !  
NGA 2000  
5 - 2  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Setup and Controls (1/3) --  
Calibration parameters...  
Alarm parameters...  
Range parameters...  
Cross interference compensation...  
Linearization...  
Programmable logic control (PLC)...  
Programmable calculator...  
Measurement display configuration...  
Acknowledgement of status reports...  
Concentration measurement parameters...  
Measure  
ManData  
Channel  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Setup and Controls (2/3) --  
Peak measurement...  
Differential measurement...  
Gasflow setup...  
Pressure compensation...  
Flow measurement...  
Temperature measurement...  
Loading/saving configuration parameters...  
Inputs and outputs...  
Delay and average...  
Special functions...  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Setup and Controls (3/3) --  
AK-protocol communication...  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 3  
From the menu "Analyzer Module Setup and Controls" you can change to all menus and  
submenus of the expert configuration level via the corresponding menu lines.  
Changing to the menus and s ubmenus :  
¨ Select the menu line you want with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
If necessary: Change to a further menu page with the F5 key (More...)  
¨ Change to the corresponding menu/submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
Menu "Load Factory Configuration":  
If you press the F2 key (ManData) in the menu "Analyzer Module Setup and Controls (1/3)",  
you will change to the following menu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Load Factory Configuration --  
- BE CAREFUL with this function -  
Replace current configuration with factory settings !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
With the function of this menu you can delete the RAM data and load the factory settings  
from the Flash-EPROM.  
Caution:  
This function is irrevers ible after s tarting (and confirmation) ! Your RAM s ettings  
will be deleted !  
Note:  
The same function is available in the menu "Load/Save Analyzer Module Configuration" !  
(see section 5.1.17 p. 5-64)  
Starting the function:  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key or  
cancel and go back to the last menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
¨ If asked: Confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or  
cancel and go back to the last menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
Further Ramifications via s oftkeys :  
F1  
Change to the s ingle component dis play of the current channel !  
Chapter 4 !  
+
+
F3  
Change to the other available channels  
of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module !  
See channel tag !  
NGA 2000  
5 - 4  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Calibration parameters  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Calibration Parameters --  
Span gases...  
Tolerances...  
Calibration procedure setup...  
Time controlled calibration...  
Calibration...  
Advanced calibration methods...  
Zero gases...  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
From the menu "Calibration Parameters" you can change to several submenus to set up  
the zero and span gas calibration parameters and to start the different calibration methods.  
Change to the submenus:  
¨ Select the menu line you want with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Change to the corresponding submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
Alternatives:  
¨ F1: Change to the single component display !  
¨ F3: Change to the other available channels of an MLT analyzer or  
analyzer module !  
¨ F4: Go back to the last menu page !  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 5  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters – Span gases  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Calibration parameters  
¯
Span gases  
¯
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Span Gas Definition --  
Actual span gas concentration:  
Spangas range -1:  
250.0 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
250.0 ppm  
2500 ppm  
10000 ppm  
Spangas range -2:  
Spangas range -3:  
Spangas range -4:  
Span gas unit:  
ppm  
"ppm" --> "mg/Nm3" conversion factor:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
1.000  
95.00 ppm  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Span Gas Definition" you can set up the default value for each range of the  
current channel, the actual span gas concentration and the desired span gas unit. The  
concentration of each range should be a value between 70 and 110% of the end of range  
value.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
The last two lines of variables:  
These lines are only information lines. The variables cannot be changed.  
Note:  
The "ppm ® "mg/Nm3" conversion factor can be set up in the menu "General  
Concentration Measurement Setup" (see section 5.1.10 p. 5-54) !  
NGA 2000  
5 - 6  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters – Tolerances  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Calibration parameters  
¯
Tolerances  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Tolerances --  
Max. zero calibration deviation:  
Max. span calibration deviation:  
Check deviation:  
Stability tolerance - range 1:  
Stability tolerance - range 2:  
Stability tolerance - range 3:  
Stability tolerance - range 4:  
20.00 %  
20.00 %  
Disabled  
100.00 %  
100.00 %  
100.00 %  
100.00 %  
Last zero calibration:  
Last span calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Tolerances" you can set up the parameters of the stability controlled  
calibration procedure (see p. 5-9/10) in one channel. Besides, you can disable the stability  
control and the maximum calibration deviation (deviation control ® deviation tolerance).  
If you want to set up the parameters of the other channels of an MLT analyzer or analyzer  
module, press the F3 key.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Lines "Last zero calibration/Last span calibration":  
The calibration status of the last calibration will be displayed in these two lines.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 7  
Lines of variables "Max. zero calibration deviation" / "Max. span calibration deviation":  
The deviation between two zero or span gas concentrations will be determined during the  
stability time of the calibration procedure (see menu "Calibration Procedure Setup"  
p. 5-9/10). The maximum calibration deviation is the deviation tolerance expressed as  
percentage of the current end of range value. The calibration procedure will only be  
possible within this range.  
If you choose a very small deviation tolerance, perhaps the calculated deviation is out of  
range during the whole calibration procedure and the calibration will run into time out. If  
you choose a very large deviation tolerance, the calibration will also be done in ranges  
with a little stability.  
Value is usually: 10% or 20%  
Line of variables "Check deviation":  
¨ Enabled: The stability and tolerance control during the calibration procedure will be  
based on the values of the menu "Tolerances".  
¨ Dis abled: The calibration procedure is running without stability and tolerance control.  
Any Calibration will be accepted.  
Example:  
¨ End of range:  
¨ Max. calibration deviation:  
¨ Desired value:  
¨ Display:  
1000 ppm  
20% (equivalent 200 ppm)  
990 ppm  
720 ppm  
¨ Deviation:  
250 ppm (more than 200 ppm!)  
¨ Result:  
Max. calibration procedure time over limit;  
Calibration will be canceled !  
Potential solutions:  
¨ Adjust 100% in the line "Max. zero calibration deviation"  
resp. "Max. span calibration deviation"  
or  
select "Disabled" in the line "Check deviation".  
¨ Result: Any Calibration will be accepted!  
NGA 2000  
5 - 8  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters – Calibration procedure setup  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Calibration parameters  
¯
Calibration procedure setup  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Setup --  
Purge time:  
10 s  
120 s  
Tracking  
Together  
Procedure times-out after:  
Analog output during calibration:  
Span ranges:  
Valve position:  
Samplegas  
Stability time:  
Averaging time:  
30 s  
5 s  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Calibration Procedure Setup" you can set up the parameters for the cali-  
bration procedure of the zeroing and spanning in one channel. If you want to set up the  
parameters of the other channels of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module, press the F3 key.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Lines of variables "Purge time" / "Procedure times-out after" and  
"Stability time" / "Averaging time" – Informations about the calibration procedures setup:  
The measurement signal should be stable in a certain range before zeroing and spanning.  
Therefore the analyzer cell should be purged enough with zero gas or span gas before  
calibration. Then, after the purge time, the stability time is running. During the stability time  
the average over two signals will be calculated. The averaging time determines the time  
difference between these two signals.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 9  
If the deviation of the two values is less then the allowed maximum calibration deviation  
(see menu "Tolerances", p. 5-7/8), the calibration may start. If not, the stability control is  
starting again until a stable measurement is possible. The time in the line "Procedure  
times-out after" is the limit for the whole procedure.  
The following figure shows the procedure of the stability controlled zero and span gas  
calibration:  
Start Span  
Calibration  
Averaging  
over T  
i
T
i
Start Zero  
Calibration  
Time  
Purge  
Time  
Stability  
Time  
Stability  
Time  
Stability  
Time  
Stability  
Time  
Note:  
The stability time and the averaging time are factory settings and cannot be changed by  
the customer. If you want to use other values, ask your service !  
Line of variables "Analog output during calibration":  
Here, you can determine if you want to hold the analog output and the limits of a local SIO  
in the MLT analyzer module during calibration. The set-ups for a platform or MLT analyzer  
SIO have to be done in the menu "Analog Outputs" (see 5.2.1 p. 5-87).  
¨ Tracking: The analog output signal is following to the signal during the whole calibra-  
tion procedure.  
¨ Holding: During the whole calibration procedure the analog output signal is fixed to the  
last signal before calibration. This adjustment may be used for instance to control limits  
with the analog output.  
Sample Gas  
Zeroing  
Spanning  
Sample Gas  
Analog Output  
Tracking  
0V  
xV  
Analog Output  
Holding  
NGA 2000  
5 - 10  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters – Calibration procedure setup  
Line of variables "Span ranges":  
¨ Together:  
All measurement ranges of the same channel will be calibrated together.  
This is the usual calibration mode.  
¨ Separately:  
Each measurement range will be calibrated separately.  
Line of variables "Valve position":  
Options :  
¨ Samplegas  
¨ Zerogas  
¨ Purgegas  
¨ Testgas  
¨ Spangas-1...-4  
¨ Linearizer  
¨ Spangas  
¨ AllClosed  
¨ Other-Proc.  
¨ Basic-Status  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 11  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters – Time controlled calibration  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Calibration parameters  
¯
Time controlled calibration  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Time Control --  
Zero calibration - Day of week:  
Never  
- Hour:  
0
- Minute:  
Span calibration - Day of week:  
- Hour:  
- Minute:  
0
Never  
0
0
Zero+Span calibration - Day of week:  
Never  
- Hour:  
0
0
- Minute:  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
ShowList...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Time Control" you can determine the starting time of the zero gas calibration  
resp. the span gas calibration for one channel. If you want to determine the values of the  
other channels of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module, press the F3 key.  
Notes :  
¨ The time controlled calibration is only possible if the span gas comes from a valve gear!  
If the valve gear is not available you have to select "Never" in all lines containing "Day  
of week".  
¨ A zero gas calibration should be done before starting a span gas calibration. Therefore  
the starting time of the zero gas calibration should be different from the starting time of  
the span gas calibration. If you select the option "Zero+Span calibration" the zeroing will  
run before the spanning, automatically.  
Set up time parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
Options for day of week: Monday, ..., Sunday, Each day, Never  
for hour:  
for minute:  
0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 23  
0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 59  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or cancel and go back to the last value with F2.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 12  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Further Parameters :  
Via the F5 key (ShowList) you can change to the following submenu:  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
1
-- Auto-Start Procedures --  
Position in auto-start list:  
Erase current position from list !  
Erase all positions from list !  
Channel tag:  
Procedure type:  
Interval mode:  
Start time:  
-
-
Never  
-
-
Start date:  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In this submenu you can determine some further parameters of the time controlled  
calibration.  
Lines "Position in auto-start list", "Erase current position from list !" and  
"Erase all positions from list !":  
If you have disabled a time controlled calibration in the menu "Time Control" you have to  
reset the memory to avoid further calibrations by time control. Starting the function "Erase  
current position from list !" will reset the memory for the position selected in the line  
"Position in auto-start list".  
There are three positions belonging to the following lines in the menu "Time Control":  
Position 1: Zero calibration  
Position 2: Span calibration  
Position 3: Zero+Span calibration  
Starting the function "Erase all positions from list !" will delete the set-ups for all kinds of  
time controlled calibration in the menu "Time Control".  
The last five lines of variables:  
These lines will display the parameters of the position selected in the line "Position in  
auto-start list".  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 13  
NGA 2000  
5 - 14  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters – Calibration  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Calibration parameters  
¯
Calibration  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Calibration --  
Calibration procedure status...  
Start zero calibration procedure !  
Start span calibration procedure !  
Time & Date:  
12:50:55 June 16, 1998  
Samplegas  
Valve position:  
Expected zero gas:  
Expected span gas:  
Span gas name:  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
Methane  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
Valves...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Set Gas Valves --  
Flow zero gas !  
Flow span gas !  
Flow sample gas !  
Flow test gas !  
Close all valves !  
Valve position:  
Operation status:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Measure  
Status...  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Analyzer Module Calibration" you can  
¨ s tart the zero calibration or s tart the s pan calibration  
of all measurement ranges of the same channel for an MLT analyzer or analyzer module.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 15  
Via the F5 key you can change to the menu "Set Gas Valves ", where you can  
¨ s et up the gas flow of the current channel with  
· zero gas or  
· span gas or  
· sample gas or  
· test gas or  
· close all valves.  
Starting the functions:  
¨ Change to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key or  
cancel and go back to the last menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
¨ If asked: Confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or  
cancel and go back to the last menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
Notes :  
¨ The s ignal has to be s table before s tarting any calibration !  
¨ The last five lines of the menu "Analyzer Module Calibration" resp. the last two lines of  
the menu "Set Gas Valves" are information lines.  
¨ The menu "Analyzer Module Calibration" is the same as the menu "Analyzer Module  
Calibration" of the "Basic Controls" (see sections 4.4 to 4.11), including all submenus.  
So, the calibration and gas flow procedures are analogous to the descriptions in the  
sections 4.5 to 4.11.  
¨ If you want to calibrate or set up the other channels of an MLT analyzer or analyzer  
module, you have to change the channel with the F3 key. If you want to start the zero  
and/or the span calibration for all channels simultaneously, you have to change to the  
menu "Advanced Calibration Methods" (see p. 5-18).  
¨ If you want to calibrate the measurement ranges separately with span gas, you have to  
set up "Separately" in the line "Span ranges" of the menu "Calibration Procedure  
Setup" (see p. 5-11).  
¨ Via the F2 key you will reach the menu "Analyzer Channel Status ". In that menu and  
its corresponding submenus you will find the status report of the current channel for  
· Failures  
· Maintenance requests  
· Function controls  
· Measurements/Alarms  
· Events  
· Hours of operation  
and the operational settings of the current channel like  
· range settings and  
· response time (t90-time).  
The menu "Analyzer Channel Status" and its submenus are displayed detailed in  
section 4.1.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 16  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters – Calibration  
Menu "Calibration Procedure Status ":  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Calibration procedure status..." to change to  
the corresponding submenu:  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Calibration Procedure Status --  
Procedure status:  
Ready  
0 s  
Samplegas  
37.50 ppm  
Remaining procedure time:  
Current/expected gas flow:  
Concentration in span gas units:  
---------------------- Results ----------------------  
Last zero calibration:  
Success  
Success  
Last span calibration:  
Last zero calibration was:  
Last span calibration was:  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:32:06  
Fri 05-29-1998 13:37:23  
Successful zero+span calibrated ranges:  
1+2+3+4  
Measure  
Cancel !  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Calibration Procedure Status" you will find the results of the last calibrations.  
This menu will appear automatically after starting the zero or span gas calibration. Then it  
will display the status of the running calibration procedure (see sections 4.5/4.6 p. 4-39 to  
4-46). If a calibration is still running, you can cancel it at any time with the F2 key.  
With the F5 key (More...) you will change to a submenu, where you will find the calibration  
deviations of the current channel. The deviations of the other channels of an MLT analyzer  
or analyzer module you will find there by changing the channel with the F3 key.  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Calibration Deviations --  
Deviation from zero:  
Sum of zero deviations:  
0.34 ppm  
4.41 ppm  
Deviation from span:  
Sum of span deviations:  
0.82 ppm  
7.57 ppm  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 17  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters – Advanced calibration methods  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Calibration parameters  
¯
Advanced calibration methods  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Advanced Calibration Methods --  
Start zero calibration procedure for all channels !  
Start span calibration procedure for all channels !  
Start zero+span calibration procedure !  
Start zero+span calibration procedure for all channels !  
Start basic calibration procedure !  
Cancel all running procedures !  
Info...  
Measure  
Status...  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Advanced Calibration Methods" you can  
¨ s tart the zero calibration of all measurement ranges for all channels  
of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module simultaneously or  
¨ s tart the s pan calibration of all measurement ranges for all channels  
of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module simultaneously or  
¨ s tart the zero and s pan calibration together for the current channel  
of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module or  
¨ s tart the zero and s pan calibration together for all channels  
of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module or  
¨ s et all calibration deviations to zero ("basic calibration procedure").  
Starting the functions:  
¨ Change to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key or  
cancel and go back to the last menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
¨ If asked: Confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or  
cancel and go back to the last menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 18  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Notes :  
¨ The s ignal has to be s table before s tarting any calibration !  
¨ If you want to start the zero and the span calibration separately, or  
if you want to calibrate separately each channel of an MLT analyzer/analyzer module, or  
if you want to calibrate the measurement ranges separately with span gas,  
you have to change to the menu "Analyzer Module Calibration" (see p. 5-15) resp. to  
the menu "Calibration Procedure Setup" (p.5-9).  
¨ You can cancel any calibration procedures with the function "Cancel all running  
procedures !"  
¨ Via the F2 key you will reach the menu "Analyzer Channel Status ". In that menu and  
its corresponding submenus you will find the status report of the current channel for  
· Failures  
· Maintenance requests  
· Function controls  
· Measurements/Alarms  
· Events  
· Hours of operation  
and the operational settings of the current channel like  
· range settings and  
· response time (t90-time).  
The menu "Analyzer Channel Status" and its submenus are displayed detailed in  
section 4.1.  
Menu line "Info...":  
Via this menu line you can change to the submenu "State of Calibration Procedures",  
where you will find the actual status of each channel of an MLT analyzer or analyzer  
module.  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- State of Calibration Procedures --  
Channel -1:  
Channel -2:  
Channel -3:  
Channel -4:  
Channel -5:  
Ready  
Ready  
Ready  
Ready  
Ready  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 19  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.1 Calibration Parameters – Zero Gases  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Calibration parameters  
¯
Zero gases  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Zero Gas Definition --  
Zero gas concentration (all ranges):  
0.00 ppm  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Zero Gas Definition" you can set up the zero gas concentration for all ranges  
of the current channel of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module. The concentration unit  
("ppm", "ppb", "%" etc.) is determined by the setup of the current channel (see section  
5.1.10 p. 5-54).  
Zero gas concentration setup:  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 20  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.2 Alarm Parameters  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Alarm parameters  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Alarms Setup (1/2) --  
Alarm delay:  
0.2 s  
Concentration...  
Concentration average...  
Flow...  
Pressure...  
Temperature...  
Acknowledge alarms !  
Measure  
Status...  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Alarms Setup (2/2) --  
Calculator-1...  
Calculator-2...  
Calculator-3...  
Calculator-4...  
Measure  
Status...  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Alarms Setup" and its submenus you can set up and control alarms for  
several parameters of each channel of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module. If the  
selected parameter signal will exceed a certain limit, you will get the corresponding alarm  
message. If the parameter selected is displayed with a mini bargraph in the single  
component display, you will find little flag icons at the alarm values on its bargraph.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 21  
Parameters set up or changing to submenus:  
¨ Select the line of variables, any menu line or the function line with  
the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable, start the function or change to the submenu with  
the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Line of variables "Alarm delay":  
The alarm message of any enabled parameter will start after the time in this line is over.  
Options: 0, 0.1, ... , 30.0 s.  
Function line "Acknowledge alarms !":  
Starting this function will delete a running alarm message. You should do this after the  
signal is back in the allowed range to reset the alarm message for new events.  
Note:  
Via the F2 key you will reach the menu "Analyzer Channel Status". In that menu and its  
corresponding submenus you will find the status report of the current channel for  
¨ Failures  
¨ Maintenance requests  
¨ Function controls  
¨ Measurements/Alarms  
¨ Events  
¨ Hours of operation  
and the operational settings of the current channel like  
¨ range settings and  
¨ response time (t90-time).  
The menu "Analyzer Channel Status" and its submenus are displayed detailed in section 4.1.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 22  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.2 Alarm Parameters  
Alarms Setup and Control – Example: Concentration Alarm Setup  
¨ Select the parameter you want in the menu "Alarms Setup", i.e. "Concentration",  
and change to the corresponding menu:  
Note: If the setup of the parameter selected is not possible, a corresponding message  
will appear on the screen, i.e. no flow sensor installed to measure the flow.  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Concentration Alarm Setup --  
Alarm generation is:  
Level -1:  
Off  
-10.000 ppm  
0.000 ppm  
100.000 ppm  
1000.000 ppm  
Less  
Level -2:  
Level -3:  
Level -4:  
Alarm-1 if signal is:  
Alarm-2 if signal is:  
Alarm-3 if signal is:  
Alarm-4 if signal is:  
Less  
Greater  
Greater  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
View...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
1) Switch off the alarm control:  
· Before beginning the alarm parameter setup, you have to select "Off" in the line  
"Alarm generation is".  
· Otherwise, an alarm may start during the parameter will be configured.  
2) Signal limits setup for alarm ("Level -1, ... , -4"):  
· You can adjust four limit values for each signal parameter.  
· You should fix the low alarm with "Level -2" and the high alarm with "Level -3". Then,  
you should save the low alarm with "Level -1" and the high alarm with "Level -4".  
· The units and the possible range of values depend on the signal parameter selected.  
· You also can adjust negative values:  
Select the number with the 8 -key or the ® -key and press F4 (+/-) to change the sign.  
3) Conditions for alarm start ("Alarm-1, ... , -4 if signal is"):  
· In these lines you can determine for which kind of exceeding each alarm shall be  
generated:  
· Less: The alarm message will appear, if the value of the parameter selected is below  
the corresponding limit ("Level -1, ..., -4").  
· Greater: The alarm message will appear, if the value of the parameter selected is  
above the corresponding limit.  
4) Switch on the alarm control:  
· Select one of the following set-ups to start the alarm control for the parameter limits  
selected:  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 23  
· On: The alarm message of the signal parameter selected will only appear as long as  
the signal will exceed the allowed level. The alarm message will disappear, if the  
value is again in the range allowed.  
· On (Hold Alarm): The alarm message for the signal parameter selected will appear  
after the signal will have exceeded the allowed value. The alarm message will also  
keep alive, if the value will be back again in the range allowed.  
To delete the message, you have to go back to the menu "Alarms Setup" with the F4  
key or the ¬ -key and to start the function "Acknowledge alarms !".  
Options:  
¨ F3 (Channel):  
To change to the setup menu of the other channels  
of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module.  
¨ F5 (View...):  
To change to the submenu "Parameter (i.e.: Concentration) Alarm Status", where you  
will find the alarm status ("On/Off") of the four alarms for the parameter selected.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 24  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.3 Range parameters  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Range parameters  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Range parameters --  
Begin and end of ranges...  
Response times (t90)...  
Autoranging control...  
Range control:  
Actual range number:  
Manual  
1
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Range parameters" and its submenus you can set up and control range  
parameters like  
¨ begin and end of range  
¨ response time (t90-time)  
¨ autoranging  
for one channel. You can change to the other channels of an MLT analyzer or analyzer  
module with the F3 key.  
Parameters setup or changing to submenus:  
¨ Select any line of variables or any menu line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or change to the submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select the parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new setup with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last setup with the F2 key.  
Line of variables "Range control":  
The parameter selected in this line is valid for the autoranging control of the current  
channel (see p. 5-29). You have the following options:  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 25  
¨ Manual: You have to change the range manual. The switch level hysteresis is disabled  
(see p. 5-30).  
¨ Self/Automatic: The autoranging is running by the comparison of the current measure-  
ment value with the end of range. The signal at the analog output is tracking. The value  
in the line "Switch level hysteresis" of the menu "Autoranging Control" is enabled (see  
p. 5-30).  
¨ Program I/O-module: The autoranging is controlled by the I/O-Board. The value in the  
line "Switch level hysteresis" of the menu "Autoranging Control" is enabled (see p. 5-30).  
¨ Inputs I/O-module: The autoranging is controlled by the digital input. The value in the  
line "Switch level hysteresis" of the menu "Autoranging Control" is enabled (see p. 5-30).  
Line of variables "Actual range number":  
In this line you will find the range number selected. You can select any of the four ranges  
of the current channel. If the autoranging is enabled, you will find the current range.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 26  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.3 Range parameters – Begin and end of ranges  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Range parameters  
¯
Begin and end of ranges  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Begin and End of Ranges --  
Begin of range -1:  
Begin of range -2:  
Begin of range -3:  
Begin of range -4:  
End of range -1:  
0.00 ppm  
0.00 ppm  
0.00 ppm  
0.00 ppm  
50.00 ppm  
250.0 ppm  
2500 ppm  
10000 ppm  
0.00 ppm  
End of range -2:  
End of range -3:  
End of range -4:  
Actual begin of range:  
Actual end of range:  
250.00 ppm  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Begin and End of Ranges" you can set up the begin and end of range for  
each range of the current channel. To change to the other channels of an MLT analyzer or  
analyzer module, you have to press the F3 key.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole value with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
Allowed minimum/maximum range values:  
Concentrations in the lines "Absolute, range lower/upper limit"  
of the menu "Autoranging Control" (see p. 5-29).  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Lines "Actual begin of range" / "Actual end of range":  
In these lines you will find the begin and end of the current range.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 27  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.3 Range parameters – Response times (t90)  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Range parameters  
¯
Response times (t90)  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Response Times --  
Range -1:  
Range -2:  
Range -3:  
Range -4:  
2.00 s  
2.00 s  
2.00 s  
2.00 s  
Actual range number:  
t90-time:  
1
2.00 s  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Response Times" you can set up the response time (t90-time) for each range  
of the current channel. To change to the other channels of an MLT analyzer or analyzer  
module, you have to press the F3 key.  
The response time (t90-time) is defined as the time that has to run until the analyzer  
displays 90% of a component's concentration after a concentration jump.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole value with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
Options: 0.01 to 28 seconds for each range of a channel.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key  
or cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Notes:  
¨ The setup of the response time is limited to 0.1s by the calculators' rate of the analyzer.  
¨ Normally, the response time should not be less than 2s.  
¨ You should use a value of 2s minimum for calibrations.  
¨ The response time of this menu is not the response time of the whole analyzer!  
¨ If you will use the autoranging control (see p. 5-29 ), you have to set up the same  
response time for all ranges of the current channel!  
NGA 2000  
5 - 28  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.3 Range parameters – Autoranging control  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Range parameters  
¯
Autoranging control  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Autoranging Control --  
Switch level hysteresis:  
Usage of range -1:  
Usage of range -2:  
Usage of range -3:  
Usage of range -4:  
10 %  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Absolute, range lower limit:  
0.00 ppm  
1000000 ppm  
Enabled  
Absolute, range upper limit:  
Calculate switch levels automatically:  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Autoranging Control" you can set up the parameters for the autoranging  
control of the current channel. If you want to set up the autoranging control of the other  
channels of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module, you have to press the F3 key.  
If the autoranging is enabled, the best range for the current concentration will be selected,  
automatically.  
Conditions:  
¨ The range control has to be enabled!  
To setup: See the line "Range control" in the menu "Range parameters", p. 5-25/26.  
¨ The begin of range has to be zero for all four ranges of the current channel!  
To setup: See menu "Begin and End of Ranges", p. 5-27.  
¨ All four response times of the current channel must have the same value!  
To setup: See menu "Response Times", previous page.  
¨ The span gas concentration has to be in the correct range!  
To setup: See menu "Span Gas Definition", section 5.1.1 p. 5-6.  
The last three lines of the menu:  
The parameters in these lines are factory settings and cannot be changed in this menu.  
¨ Abs olute, range lower limit: Normally is this value zero. It will only differ from zero for  
differential measurements (see 5.1.12 p.5-57).  
¨ Abs olute, range upper limit: It is 120% of the largest end of range from putting into  
operation. Higher values will not be accepted as end of range values!  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 29  
Notes :  
¨ You can enable or disable each range in the lines "Usage of range -1, ..., -4".  
¨ "Range -4" has not to be the biggest range.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Line of variables "Switch level hysteresis":  
The value in this line determines the level hysteresis between the ranges for autoranging.  
The hysteresis is calculated as percentage of the current end of range.  
Options: 10 to 50% (Standard value: 10%)  
Example:  
Switch level hysteresis: 10%;  
End of range -1, -2, -3, -4: 500, 1000, 1500, 2000 ppm  
Range: 1  
0 ppm  
Range: 2  
500 ppm  
Range: 3  
Range: 4  
1000 ppm  
450 ppm  
1500 ppm  
900 ppm  
2000 ppm  
1350 ppm  
Via the F5 key (More...) you can change to the submenu "Actual Switch levels", where you  
will find switch levels between the ranges of the current channel:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Actual Switch levels --  
500.0 ppm  
1 <-- 2:  
2 --> 3:  
2 <-- 3:  
900.0 ppm  
1500 ppm  
1350 ppm  
3 <-- 4:  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
5 - 30  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.4 Cross Interference Compensation  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Cross interference compensation  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Cross Interference Compensation --  
Compensation is:  
Disabled  
1
Selected interference component:  
Choose interference source channel...  
Interference factors...  
Calculate factor for selected interference component !  
Remove selected component !  
1. Interference component:  
2. Interference component:  
3. Interference component:  
----  
----  
----  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Cross Interference Compensation" you can calculate the influence of other  
components to the result of the analyt component. You can take maximum three  
interference components for each channel of the MLT analyzer. It is not possible to  
calculate the cross interference compensation for signals of auxiliary modules!  
If you want to calculate the compensation for other channels of an MLT analyzer or  
analyzer module, you have to press the F3 key.  
Conditions:  
¨ You only have to use pure gases or gases in inert atmosphere (e.g. CH4 in N2) for all  
components that you need to calculate the compensation. Do not use mixed gases!  
¨ You have to calibrate all channels you need to calculate the interference compensation.  
Besides, all channels must be part of the same MLT analyzer or analyzer module.  
Calculation of the Cross Interference Compensation:  
1) In the line "Compensation is" you have to select "Disabled". If you select "Enabled" the  
result will be influenced by earlier values.  
2) In the line "Selected interference component" you have to select the number of the  
current interference component.  
3) Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Choose interference source channel..." to  
change to the submenu "Channels" (illustration see next page):  
· Select the line you want with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
· Choose the interference source channel with the 8 -key or the ® -key: The display  
will go back to the menu "Cross Interference Compensation" automatically. The tag of  
the interference component will appear in one of the last three lines in the menu. The  
position depends on the number selected in the line "Selected interference component".  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 31  
· You can repeat the last two steps as often as necessary until you have selected all  
interference components (maximum 3) you need.  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Channels --  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH5  
-
-
-
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
4) Give the interference component into the sample gas channel and wait for a stable  
signal.  
5) Go to the line "Calculate factor for selected interference component !" with the -key or  
the ¯ -key and then start the calculation with the 8 -key or the ® -key. If you want to  
see the results change to the line "Interference factors..." and press the 8 -key to go to  
the corresponding submenu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
1. Interference component factor:  
2. Interference component factor:  
1.000  
1.000  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F3  
F4  
In this submenu you can also set up each interference component factor manual.  
6) Select "Enabled" in the line "Compensation is" of the menu "Cross Interference  
Compensation" to start the cross interference compensation.  
Function line "Remove selected component !"  
If you press the 8 -key or the ® -key in this line you will delete the interference factor of  
the selected interference component !  
NGA 2000  
5 - 32  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.5 Linearization  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Linearization  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Linearization --  
Linearization Procedure...  
Linearization raw values...  
Linearization setpoint values...  
Set all raw/setpoint values to 0.0 !  
Calculate linearization curve coefficients...  
Linearization is:  
Disabled  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
Info...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Linearization Info --  
Linearization is:  
Linearization is:  
Disabled  
In Range  
Method in use:  
Status for calculation of 4-order polyn. method:  
Status for calculation of spline method:  
Splines  
Ready  
Ready  
In these lines  
you can control  
if the calculated  
linearization  
Lower linearization limit is:  
Upper linearization limit is:  
-200000.00 ppm  
1200000.0 ppm  
was succesful !  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Linearization" and its submenus you can set up and start the calculation to  
linearize one channel of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module. With the F3 key you can  
change to the other channels. With the F5 key (Info...) you can change to the submenu  
"Linearization Info", where you will find the results and some parameters of linearization.  
Background:  
The optical absorption of a gas as a function of its concentration is not linear in the whole  
range. Therefore the result of the analyzer has to be linearized. You can linearize manual  
or semi-automatically. In this chapter the manual linearization is described. If you want to  
linearize automatically, contact your customer service, please.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 33  
Conditions:  
¨ Before you start the linearization you have to calibrate the largest range of the channel  
(usually range 4) with zero gas and span gas.  
¨ You have to record a raw values/setpoint values table to linearize a channel. You need  
minimum 6 raw values and their corresponding setpoint values: zero, end of range and  
4 intermediate values. You should take 10 to 15 values (maximum: 30) to improve the  
precision of the linearization curve.  
Realize the linearization:  
1) Dis able the linearization:  
· Before you record the linearization values you have to disable the current linearization  
to avoid the influence from the old values to the calculation of the new curve.  
· Change to the line "Linearizer is" with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key and select "Disabled" with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm your adjustment with the 8 -key.  
2) Zero and s pan gas calibration:  
· Calibrate the largest range (usually: range 4) with zero and span gas.  
· The method is described in 4.5 p. 4-39 and 4.6 p. 4-43 or in 5.1.1 p. 5-15 to 5-17.  
3) Recording the raw values /s etpoint values table:  
· If you have a defined gas flow, you can read each raw value in any menu display at  
the top right or in the single component display.  
· Example:  
You have got the following values for the NO-Channel of the analyzer:  
No. Setpoint Value Raw Value  
[ppm NO]  
[ppm NO]  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.000  
0.000  
217.455  
319.620  
428.610  
536.760  
636.510  
955.395  
2105.560  
3163.860  
266.291  
387.709  
517.464  
645.199  
757.313  
1113.910  
2263.390  
3163.860  
4) Putting the table values into the corres ponding menus :  
· Change to the menu line "Linearization raw values..." or "Linearization setpoint  
values..." with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to change to the menu "Linearization Raw Values" or  
"Linearization Setpoint Values".  
· Select the first number with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
· Put in the first raw/setpoint value of the table:  
· Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust the new value with the  
-key or the ¯ -key and confirm the new value with the 8 -key.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 34  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.5 Linearization  
· Change with the ¯ -key to the next line to put in the second value.  
· Repeat these steps until all raw/setpoint values of the table are part of the  
corresponding menus.  
· If you have more than 10 values you can go to further menu pages with the F5 key  
(More...). There are maximum 30 lines available. The current menu page number is  
always displayed in the headline. If you have less than 30 values you have to put in  
"0" in the line following the last real value of the table!  
Notes :  
¨ You can change between the menus "Linearization Raw Values" and "Linearization  
Setpoint Values" with the F2 key!  
¨ The raw value "X2" must belong to the setpoint value "Y2" ! Otherwise, the calculation  
of the linearization may be wrong !  
TAG  
3163.860 ppm  
-- Linearization Raw Values (1/3) --  
X1:  
X2:  
X3:  
X4:  
X5:  
X6:  
X7:  
X8:  
X9:  
X10:  
0.000 ppm  
266.291 ppm  
387.709 ppm  
517.464 ppm  
645.199 ppm  
757.313 ppm  
1113.910 ppm  
2263.390 ppm  
3163.860 ppm  
0.000 ppm  
Measure  
Y1...10  
Channel  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
3163.860 ppm  
-- Linearization Setpoint Values (1/3) --  
0.000 ppm  
Y2:  
Y3:  
Y4:  
217.455 ppm  
428.610 ppm  
536.760 ppm  
Y6:  
Y7:  
955.395 ppm  
2105.560 ppm  
3163.860 ppm  
Y10:  
Measure  
X1...10  
Channel  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 35  
5) Calculate linearization curve:  
· Change in the menu "Linearization" to the menu line "Calculate linearization curve  
coefficients..." with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to change to the corresponding submenu:  
TAG  
3163.860 ppm  
All ranges  
Used method:  
** Unused x/y-pairs must be set to 0.0 **  
Start calculation for used method !  
Used x/y-pairs:  
Used method:  
Splines  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F3  
F4  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Used method" to select the parameter and  
setup "Splines" or "4th-order polyn."; confirm it with the 8 -key.  
· Change to the line "Effected range for 4th-order polynomial" with the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the parameter.  
· Select any of the four ranges or all ranges with the -key or the ¯ -key and confirm  
your adjustment with the 8 -key.  
· Change to the line "Start calculation for used method !" with the -key or the ¯ -key  
and start the calculation of the linearization curve with the 8 -key.  
6) Enable the linearization:  
· Change in the menu "Linearization" with the -key or the ¯ -key to the line  
"Linearizer is".  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key and select "Enabled" with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm your adjustment with the 8 -key.  
7) Linearization control:  
· Repeat the measurement with the same setpoint values used for the linearization  
curve.  
· The full scale deviation has to be better than 1% rel. !  
Further Setups and ramifications in the menu "Linearization":  
¨ Set all raw/s etpoint values to 0.0 !  
Starting this function will reset all x/y-pairs of raw and setpoint values to zero.  
¨ Menu Line "Linearization Procedure...":  
Via this line you can change to the menu "Linearization Procedure", where you can  
· set up gas blender parameters  
· set up the valve position  
· control the linearization procedure status  
NGA 2000  
5 - 36  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.6 Programmable Locic Control (PLC)  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Programmable logic control (PLC)  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Programmable Logic Control --  
Programming...  
Disabled  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F4  
In the menu "Programmable Logic Control" you can enable or disable the logic control of  
the MLT analyzer, of the analyzer module or of the digital outputs by a corresponding  
program. So, you can decide for instance if some calibration results should be sent to a  
certain analyzer output. If you want to realize a program, you have to change to the  
submenu "Program" (line "Programming..."). If you want to control the output status you  
have to change to the submenu "PLC Outputs" (line "Results...").  
Note:  
The PLC is only able to work with signals of the MLT analyzer or analyzer module selected!  
It is not possible to work with auxiliary modules or external undefined input signals!  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select the line of variables or any menu line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or change to the submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select "Enabled" or "Disabled" in the line "PLC is" with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the parameter selected with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 37  
Programming ( + Cons ider the example p. 5-41 to 5-43 !):  
1) Dis able PLC:  
· Before you will begin with the programming you have to disable the PLC function in  
the line "PLC is" to avoid starting the program while you are writing it.  
2) Put in the program:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Programming..." to change to the sub-  
menu, where you can put in your program step by step (+ See example p. 5-42).  
· A program is composed of single commands (e.g. Selecting a gas valve), which have  
to be connected logically (e.g. OR-Operator). You have to put in a certain code in  
every program line for each operator and each command (operand).  
· You have to set every operator in the line before the commands that shall be  
combined. If an intermediate result is not used in the process directly, you have to  
delete the result buffer ("CLEAR"). So, you can avoid errors of the following logical  
operations. Each program must end with the operator "-7" ("END of the program").  
3) Enable PLC:  
· You have to select "Enabled" in the line "PLC is" in the menu "Programmable Logic  
Control" to start the program.  
4) Controlling of the res ults :  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Results..." of the menu "Programmable  
Logic Control" to change to the submenu "PLC Outputs", where you can control the  
output status.  
Available operators for PLC:  
Operator types  
Operator Description  
No operation (= blank line)  
operand to IR  
-1  
-2  
-3  
-4  
-5  
-6  
-7  
NOP  
OR  
AND  
INVERT  
STORE  
CLEAR  
END  
operand to IR  
the IR (intermediate result)  
the IR to RB (result buffer)  
set IR to LOW/OFF/FALSE  
of the program  
Available Commands for PLC (Signal Codes 1 - 359):  
General Signals  
Signal ID  
Signal  
1
2
RAM-Fail  
ROM-Fail  
3
4
5
Seconds; LOW/HIGH change all 1000 ms  
Any sample gas valve selected (Channel 1...5)  
Any zero gas valve (Channel 1...5)  
6
7
8
9
Any span gas valve Selected (Channel 1...5)  
NAMUR-status: Failure (Channel 1...5)  
NAMUR-status: Maintenance Request (Channel 1...5)  
NAMUR-status: Function Control (Channel 1...5)  
Reserved  
10 - 19  
NGA 2000  
5 - 38  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.6 Programmable Locic Control (PLC)  
Programmable Calculator  
SIO I/O-module  
Signal ID  
Signal  
Signal ID  
Signal  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
Execution status  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
Output #1 < 0V  
Output #1 > 10V  
Output #2 < 0V  
Output #2 > 10V  
Output #3 < 0V  
Output #3 > 10V  
Output #4 < 0V  
Output #4 > 10V  
Output #5 < 0V  
Output #5 > 10V  
Output #6 < 0V  
Output #6 > 10V  
Output #7 < 0V  
Output #7 > 10V  
Output #8 < 0V  
Output #8 > 10V  
Relay #1  
Result 1 / Limit 1  
Result 1 / Limit 2  
Result 1 / Limit 3  
Result 1 / Limit 4  
Result 2 / Limit 1  
Result 2 / Limit 2  
Result 2 / Limit 3  
Result 2 / Limit 4  
Result 3 / Limit 1  
Result 3 / Limit 2  
Result 3 / Limit 3  
Result 3 / Limit 4  
Result 4 / Limit 1  
Result 4 / Limit 2  
Result 4 / Limit 3  
Result 4 / Limit 4  
Reserved  
36  
37 - 39  
86  
87  
Relay #2  
88  
89  
Relay #3  
Reserved  
Programmable Logic Controls  
Signal ID  
Signal  
DIO I/O-module  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
Output Result buffer #1  
Output Result buffer #2  
Output Result buffer #3  
Output Result buffer #4  
Output Result buffer #5  
Output Result buffer #6  
Output Result buffer #7  
Output Result buffer #8  
Output Result buffer #9  
Output Result buffer #10  
Output Result buffer #11  
Output Result buffer #12  
Output Result buffer #13  
Output Result buffer #14  
Output Result buffer #15  
Output Result buffer #16  
Output Result buffer #17  
Output Result buffer #18  
Output Result buffer #19  
Output Result buffer #20  
Execution status  
Signal ID  
Signal  
90  
Input #1  
91  
Input #2  
92  
Input #3  
93  
Input #4  
94  
Input #5  
95  
Input #6  
96  
Input #7  
97  
Input #8  
98  
99  
100  
101  
Output 1..8 fail  
Output 9..16 fail  
Output 17..24 fail  
General Fail  
102 - 109 Reserved  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61 -69  
Reserved  
+ Table will be continued on the next page !  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 39  
Measurement-Channels  
Signal Signal Signal Signal  
Signal  
ID  
ID  
Ch 1  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
ID  
Ch 2  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
ID  
Ch 3  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
226  
227  
228  
229  
230  
231  
232  
233  
234  
235  
236  
237  
238  
239  
240  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
248  
249  
250  
251  
252  
253  
254  
255  
256  
257  
258  
259  
ID  
Ch 4  
260  
261  
262  
263  
264  
265  
266  
267  
268  
269  
270  
271  
272  
273  
274  
275  
276  
277  
278  
279  
280  
281  
282  
283  
284  
285  
286  
287  
288  
289  
290  
291  
292  
293  
294  
295  
296  
297  
298  
299  
300  
301  
302  
303  
304  
305  
306  
307  
308  
309  
Signal  
Ch 5  
310  
311  
312  
313  
314  
315  
316  
317  
318  
319  
320  
321  
322  
323  
324  
325  
326  
327  
328  
329  
330  
331  
332  
333  
334  
335  
336  
337  
338  
339  
340  
341  
342  
343  
344  
345  
346  
347  
348  
349  
350  
351  
352  
353  
354  
355  
356  
357  
358  
359  
Raw signal failure  
Sample gas valve  
Zero gas valve  
Test gas valve  
Span gas valve - range 1  
Span gas valve - range 2  
Span gas valve - range 3  
Span gas valve - range 4  
Any of the span gas valves  
Lin1 gas valve  
Lin2 gas valve  
Purge gas valve  
Linearizartion Underflow  
Linearizartion Overflow  
Zero calibration in progress  
Span calibration in progress  
Range Underflow  
Range Overflow  
Range #1  
Range #2  
Range #3  
Range #4  
Failure (Namur)  
Maintenance request (Namur)  
Function Control (Namur)  
Concentration / Limit #1  
Concentration / Limit #2  
Concentration / Limit #3  
Concentration / Limit #4  
Conc. Average / Limit #1  
Conc. Average / Limit #2  
Conc. Average / Limit #3  
Conc. Average / Limit #4  
Temperature / Limit #1  
Temperature / Limit #2  
Temperature / Limit #3  
Temperature / Limit #4  
Pressure / Limit #1  
Pressure / Limit #2  
Pressure / Limit #3  
Pressure / Limit #4  
Flow / Limit #1  
Flow / Limit #2  
Flow / Limit #3  
Flow / Limit #4  
External signal #1  
External signal #2  
External signal #3  
External signal #4  
External signal #5  
NGA 2000  
5 - 40  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.6 Programmable Locic Control (PLC)  
Example for PLC Programming:  
¨ You have three channels in your analyzer: CO, SO2 and O2.  
¨ You want to write a program for the zero and span gas calibration.  
¨ The valve gear is:  
Sample  
CO/SO2/O2  
CO/SO2  
O2  
So you have the following zero and span gas for each gas component:  
Channel:  
CO  
SO2  
O2  
CO/SO2  
O2  
Zero gas:  
O2  
O2  
Span gas: CO/SO2 CO/SO2  
So you have the following logical combination of the valves:  
O2 Valve  
CO/SO Valve  
2
Zero-Cal. Channel 1  
Zero-Cal. Channel 2  
Span-Cal. Channel 3  
Span Cal. Channel 1  
Span Cal. Channel 2  
Zero Cal. Channel 3  
PLC Output 1  
PLC Output 2  
With the conditions described you will get the following program:  
Step- Code Function/Parameter  
No.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
-2  
112  
162  
218  
-5  
OR (Combination of the next three operands)  
Zero gas calibration of channel 1  
Zero gas calibration of channel 2  
Span gas calibration of channel 3  
STORE (Saving the intermediate result to the result buffer)  
Output result buffer 1  
40  
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
-6  
-2  
118  
168  
212  
-5  
41  
-6  
-7  
CLEAR (Deleting the intermediate result of the calculator)  
OR (Combination of the next three operands)  
Span gas calibration of channel 1  
Span gas calibration of channel 2  
Zero gas calibration of channel 3  
STORE (Saving the intermediate result to the result buffer)  
Output result buffer 2  
CLEAR (Deleting the intermediate result of the calculator)  
END (End of program)  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 41  
You have to put in the codes of the table into the corresponding lines of the submenu  
"Program". If you have more than ten program steps, you can change to another menu  
page with the F5 key(More...). Maximum of program steps: 100. Maximum of results: 20.  
Putting in the codes in the menu:  
¨ Select the program steps with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Select the field for the code number with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust the code number with  
the -key or the ¯ -key. If necessary, change the sign (+/-) with the F4 key.  
¨ Confirm the code with the 8 -key or cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Program --  
Program offset (o):  
Step (o+1):  
Step (o+2):  
Step (o+3):  
Step (o+4):  
Step (o+5):  
Step (o+6):  
Step (o+7):  
Step (o+8):  
Step (o+9):  
Step (o+10):  
0
-2  
112  
162  
218  
-5  
40  
-6  
-2  
118  
168  
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Program --  
Program offset (o):  
Step (o+1):  
Step (o+2):  
Step (o+3):  
Step (o+4):  
Step (o+5):  
Step (o+6):  
Step (o+7):  
Step (o+8):  
Step (o+9):  
Step (o+10):  
10  
212  
-5  
41  
-6  
-7  
0
0
0
0
0
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
5 - 42  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.6 Programmable Locic Control (PLC)  
Start the program with "Enabled" in the line "PLC is" of the menu "Programmable Logic  
Control". Then, control the output status in the submenu "PLC Outputs". You will reach  
this menu via the line "Results..." in the menu "Programmable Logic Control":  
TAG  
0.00 ppm  
-- PLC Outputs --  
Out -1:  
Out -2:  
Out -3:  
Out -4:  
Out -5:  
Out -6:  
Out -7:  
Out -8:  
Out -9:  
Out -10:  
On  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the display shown above the output 1 is "On". That means for the example described:  
The zero gas calibration of channel 1 or 2 or  
the span gas calibration of channel 3 is still running.  
Note:  
Via the F5 key (More...) you can reach another menu page with the results of the plc  
outputs 11 to 20.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 43  
NGA 2000  
5 - 44  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.7 Programmable Calculator  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Programmable calculator  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Programmable Calculator --  
Programming...  
Constants...  
Units...  
Calculator is:  
Scaling...  
Enabled  
Result Calculator 1:  
Result Calculator 2:  
Result Calculator 3:  
Result Calculator 4:  
0.012 Vol%  
123.000 ppm  
_
_
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Programmable Calculator" you can start the calculation with variables of the  
MLT analyzer or analyzer module selected, e.g. conversion of concentrations from ppm to  
mg/m3. You have four memory places to calculate results. The required program and  
further conditions have to be set up in several submenus. The calculation with values of  
auxiliary modules is not possible!  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select the line of variables or any menu line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or change to the submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select "Enabled" or "Disabled" in the line "Calculator is" with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the parameter selected with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Programming and s tarting of the calculator (+ Consider the example p. 5-47/48 !):  
1) Dis able the calculator:  
· Before you will begin with the programming, you have to select "Disabled" in the line  
"Calculator is" to avoid starting calculation while you are writing the program.  
2) Putting in the program:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Programming..." to change to the sub-  
menu "Program", where you can put in your program step by step.  
· A program of a calculator consists of operands like concentration or flow and of  
operators like the addition command. You have to put in a certain code in each  
program line for each operator and each variable or constant.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 45  
In the following table you can see which types of operators and operands you can use:  
Operator types  
Operator Description  
Add Operand to IR (intermediate result)  
Subtract Operand from IR  
Divide IR by operand  
-1  
-2  
-3  
ADD  
SUB  
DIV  
-4  
-5  
-6  
-7  
-8  
-9  
-10  
-11  
-12  
-13  
-14  
-15  
Multiply IR with operand  
Add Constant to IR  
Subtract constant from IR  
Divide IR by constant  
Multiply IR with constant  
Add Memory to IR  
Subtract Memory from IR  
Divide IR by memory  
Multiply IR with memory  
Store IR at memory and set IR = 0.0  
Store IR to result and set IR=0.0  
No operation  
MUL  
ADDC c  
SUBC c  
DIVC c  
MULC c  
ADDM m  
SUBM m  
DIVM m  
MULM m  
STOM m  
STOR r  
NOP  
-16  
-17  
Convert IR into absolute value  
End of program  
ABS  
EOP  
Operand Types  
Operand Description  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Calculator Result #1  
Calculator Result #2  
Calculator Result #3  
Calculator Result #4  
Concentration  
Concentration average  
Temperature  
Pressure  
Channel 1 (PPM!)  
Channel 1 (PPM!)  
Channel 1  
Channel 1  
9
Channel 1  
Flow  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
Channel 2 (PPM!)  
Channel 2 (PPM!)  
Channel 2  
Channel 2  
Channel 2  
Channel 3 (PPM!)  
Channel 3 (PPM!)  
Channel 3  
Channel 3  
Channel 3  
Channel 4 (PPM!)  
Channel 4 (PPM!)  
Channel 4  
Channel 4  
Channel 4  
Channel 5 (PPM!)  
Channel 5 (PPM!)  
Channel 5  
Channel 5  
Channel 5  
Concentration  
Concentration average  
Temperature  
Pressure  
Flow  
Concentration  
Concentration average  
Temperature  
Pressure  
Flow  
Concentration  
Concentration average  
Temperature  
Pressure  
Flow  
Concentration  
Concentration average  
Temperature  
Pressure  
Flow  
NGA 2000  
5 - 46  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.7 Programmable Calculator  
· You have to set each operator in the line above the corresponding variable. After  
each calculating step you have to store the intermediate result and to delete the  
memory before you will continue with the next step. Each program must end with the  
command "End of program".  
3) Putting in the cons tants :  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Constants..." of the menu "Programmable  
Calculator" to change to the corresponding submenu, where you can define maximum  
four constants, e.g. conversion constant from ppm to mg/m3.  
4) Determination of the units:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Units..." of the menu "Programmable  
Calculator" to change to the submenu "Calculator Result Units" to determine in which  
unit the calculator's result shall be displayed, e.g. ppm, mg/Nm3, Vol.% and so on.  
· Note: This step can also be changed after the program is still running.  
5) Scaling  
· Via the line "Scaling..." of the menu "Programmable Calculator" you can change to a  
submenu, where you can determine the minimum and maximum for each result. This  
will be necessary, if you want to show the calculator's result in the single component  
display. The minimum/maximum values are the limits of the bargraphs.  
6) Starting the program:  
· Select "Enabled" in the line "Calculator is" of the menu "Programmable Calculator".  
7) Check the res ults :  
· The results of each calculator will be displayed in the last four lines of the menu  
"Programmable Calculator".  
Example for the calculation with a program:  
You want to calculate the whole content of NOx as NO2 in mg/m3 from the concentrations  
of NO in ppm (Channel 1) and of NO2 in ppm (Channel 2). So you have to add the single  
concentrations and then to multiply with a constant:  
(ppm NO + ppm NO2) · "conversion constant (here: 2,05 mg/ml)" = NOx as mg/m3 NO2  
So you will get the following program:  
Step- Code Program Description  
No.  
1
-1 Add to intermediate result (At the beginning the memory is zero)  
2
5
NO-Concentration from channel 1 (ppm)  
3
4
5
-1 Add to IR (the concentration of channel 1)  
10 NO2-Concentration from channel 2 (ppm)  
-13 Result of the addition to memory and set IR = 0  
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
1
Result 1  
-9 Add memory to IR (= sum of NO and NO2 in ppm)  
Result 1  
-8 Multiply IR with constant ([ppm NO + ppm NO2] · "conversion constant")  
Result 1 (= "conversion constant" ppm to mg/m3, here: 2,05 mg/ml)  
-14 Store IR to result and set IR = 0  
Result 1 (= mg/m3 NO2)  
-17 End of program  
1
1
1
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 47  
You have to put in the codes of the table into the corresponding lines of the submenu  
"Program". If the program consists of more than ten steps, you can change to another  
menu page with the F5 key. Maximum of program steps: 100. Maximum of results: 4  
Maximum of constants: 4.  
Putting the program steps in the menu:  
¨ Select the program steps with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Select the field for the code number with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust the code number with the  
-key or the ¯ -key. If necessary, change the sign (+/-) with the F4 key.  
¨ Confirm the code with the 8 -key or cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Program --  
Program offset (o):  
Step (o+1):  
Step (o+2):  
Step (o+3):  
Step (o+4):  
Step (o+5):  
Step (o+6):  
Step (o+7):  
Step (o+8):  
Step (o+9):  
Step (o+10):  
0
-1  
5
-1  
10  
-13  
1
-9  
1
-8  
1
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Program --  
Program offset (o):  
Step (o+1):  
Step (o+2):  
Step (o+3):  
Step (o+4):  
Step (o+5):  
Step (o+6):  
Step (o+7):  
Step (o+8):  
Step (o+9):  
Step (o+10):  
10  
-14  
1
-17  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Start the calculation with "Enabled" in the line "Calculator is" of the menu "Programmable  
Calculator". The results will appear in the last four lines of that menu.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 48  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.8 Measurement Display Configuration  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Measurement display configuration  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Measurement Display Configuration (1/2) --  
Displayed concentration digits:  
Digits after decimal point:  
4
2
Display confirmation menus:  
Yes  
Signal on mini-bargraph - 1:  
Signal on mini-bargraph - 2:  
Signal on mini-bargraph - 3:  
Signal on mini-bargraph - 4:  
Temperature  
Maintenance-Requests  
Any_Alarms  
Operation  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
Tags...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Measurement Display Configuration" you can determine  
¨ the parameters for the single component display for one channel of an MLT analyzer or  
analyzer module. To set up the conditions of the other channels, you have to press the  
F3 key.  
¨ the display of the confirmation menus.  
¨ the tags of the MLT analyzer or analyzer module and the tags of each range for the  
current channel (2nd page of the menu).  
Caution:  
If you change the identification tag, you have to change the configuration of the  
programmable digital inputs and analog outputs . Becaus e, the parameters of the  
module s ource will change! So, the relations will dis appear !  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Adjust a new value with the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 49  
Line of variables "Displayed concentration digits":  
¨ You can adjust the number of digits for the concentration display.  
Options: 3, 4, 5, 6  
Line of variables "Digits after decimal point":  
¨ Options: 0, 1, 2, 3  
Line of variables "Display confirmation menus":  
¨ Yes :  
After each function start you will be asked "Do you really want to do this ?". So you will  
have the option to cancel the order for function start or to confirm it.  
¨ No:  
You will never be asked to cancel or confirm any function.  
Caution: Each function will start immediately after the starting order will be done!  
Lines of variables "Signal on mini-bargraph -1, -2, -3, -4":  
You can decide which of the following parameters shall appear in the last four lines of the  
single component display for the current channel:  
¨ Temperature (measurement value with bargraph)  
¨ Pressure (measurement value with bargraph)  
¨ Flow (measurement value with bargraph)  
¨ Calculator-1, -2, -3, -4 (result of a calculator's program; see 5.1.7, p. 5-45 to 5-48)  
¨ Failures (message: yes/no)  
¨ Maintenance-Requests (message: yes/no)  
¨ Function-Control (message: yes/no)  
¨ Range ID (measurement range with bargraph)  
¨ Operation (status message: ready, warm-up, etc.)  
¨ Any_Alarms (message: yes/no)  
¨ Span-Conc. (span gas concentration value with bargraph)  
¨ Gasflow (zerogas, spangas, samplegas)  
¨ Concentration (measurement value with bargraph)  
¨ Average (measurement value with bargraph)  
¨ Minimum (measurement value with bargraph)  
¨ Maximum (measurement value with bargraph)  
Note:  
¨ Each bargraph will display the low limit (beginning value) and the high limit (end value)  
of the corresponding parameter.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 50  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.8 Measurement Display Configuration  
"Tags ...":  
Via the F5 key (Tags...) you can change to the second page of the menu "Measurement  
Display Configuration". There you can adjust the identification tag of the MLT analyzer or  
analyzer module and the tag of each range for the current channel. These range tags will  
appear at the top left of each menu page display. If you want to change the tags of the  
other channels, you have to press the F3 key.  
Caution:  
If you change the identification tag, you have to change the configuration of the  
programmable digital inputs and analog outputs. Because, the parameters of the  
module source will change ! So, the relations will disappear !  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Measurement Display Configuration (2/2) --  
Module identification tag:  
Tag for range 1:  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH2/R1  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
MLT25/CH2/R3  
MLT25/CH2/R4  
Tag for range 2:  
Tag for range 3:  
Tag for range 4:  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Tags set up:  
¨ Select the line you want with the -key or ¯ -key.  
¨ Select the parameter with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select the digit you want to change with the ® -key or the ¬ -key and adjust the new  
value with the -key or the ¯ -key;  
Maximum of digits for each tag: 30  
Options: alphabet (capital and small letters), umlauts, letters from different languages,  
0, 1, 2,..., 9, +, -, *, /, =, ?, !, %, $ and many others.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Notes :  
¨ The changes of the range tags will be realized after you have changed the range  
for the firs t time !  
¨ You can s et up the digits more fas t by holding the -key or the ¯ -key.  
The s crolling will accelerate.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 51  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.9 Acknowledgement of Status Reports  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Acknowledgement of status reports  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Acknowledgement of Status Reports --  
Clear events !  
Acknowledge and clear failures !  
Acknowledge and clear maintenance requests !  
Acknowledge and clear function controls !  
Acknowledgement allowed in status menu:  
Set hours of operation to 0 !  
Yes  
720  
164  
Hours of operation for maintenance request:  
Hours of operation:  
Measure  
Status...  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Acknowledgements" you can  
¨ acknowledge and clear all events of the MLT analyzer or analyzer module  
starting the function "Clear events !" or  
acknowledge and clear certain events with the functions  
"Acknowledge and clear failures / maintenance requests / function controls !"  
¨ allow the acknowledgement and clear functions for the corresponding lines in the menu  
"Status Details" (see section 4.1.1 p. 4-19 to 30)  
¨ set hours of operation to zero in the corresponding function line  
¨ set up hours for maintenance request in the corresponding line of variables.  
Notes :  
¨ In the line "Hours of operation for maintenance request" you will set up, how many  
hours the MLT analyzer or analyzer module may run until the maintenance will be  
required. Options: 1 to 30000 hours.  
¨ The last line of the menu displays the total number of hours of operation since the  
startup of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module resp. since the last reset of hours of  
operation.  
¨ Via the F2 key you will reach the menu "Analyzer Channel Status". In that menu and its  
submenus you will find the status report of the current channel for  
NGA 2000  
5 - 52  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
· Failures  
· Maintenance requests  
· Function controls  
· Measurements/Alarms  
· Events  
and the operational settings of the current channel like  
· range settings and  
· response time (t90-time).  
The menu "Analyzer Channel Status" and its submenus are displayed detailed in  
section 4.1.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select the line of variables or any function line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or start the function with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ If asked after function start: Confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or  
cancel and go back to the menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
¨ Variable changing: Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key  
and adjust a new value with the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. change the whole value with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 53  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.10 Concentration Measurement Parameters  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
¯
Concentration measurement parameters  
¯
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- General Concentration Measurement Setup --  
Sample gas unit:  
ppm  
"ppm" --> "mg/Nm3" conversion factor:  
Lower explosion limit (LEL):  
Upper explosion limit (UEL):  
1.000  
10.00 %  
20.00 %  
Measurement output during failure:  
Actual  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "General Concentration Measurement Setup" you can set up for the current  
channel of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module the following parameters:  
¨ the sample gas unit  
Options: ppb, ppm, %, µg/Nm3, mg/Nm3, g/Nm3, %LEL, %UEL  
¨ the "ppm ® mg/Nm3" conversion factor  
Options: 0 to 1000000  
Note: The "ppm" ® "mg/Nm3" conversion factor depends on the sample gas which is  
used. The set-up is necessary if you want to display sample gas values in "mg/Nm3" !  
¨ the lower explosion limit (LEL) and the upper explosion limit (UEL)  
Options: 0 to 100%  
¨ the measurement output during failure  
Options: Actual, 0.0 V, End of range.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 54  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.11 Concentration Peak Measurement  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Peak measurement  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Concentration Peak Measurement --  
Reset minimum !  
Reset maximum !  
Reset both !  
Minimum detection:  
Maximum detection:  
Always  
Always  
Difference (Max-Min):  
Last minimum:  
Last maximum:  
2.500  
93.400  
95.900  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Concentration Peak Measurement" you can determine the conditions for the  
extreme values of a channel. If you want to change to the other channels of an MLT  
analyzer or analyzer module, you have to press the F3 key.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables or any function line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or start the function with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ If asked after function start: Confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or  
cancel and go back to the menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
¨ Variable changing: Select the parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new parameter with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last adjustment with the F2 key.  
Function lines "Reset minimum !" or "Reset maximum !"  
Starting these functions will reset the last minimum or maximum value of concentration.  
This is necessary to start a new minimum or maximum determination.  
Function line "Reset both !"  
Starting this function will reset the last minimum and the last maximum value of con-  
centration simultaneously.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 55  
Lines of variables "Minimum detection" or "Maximum detection":  
¨ Always : The minimum or the maximum detection is running automatically.  
¨ External: The minimum or the maximum detection depends on an external instruction.  
¨ Off:  
No detection of the extreme values is running.  
Lines of variables "Difference (Max-Min), "Maximum", "Minimum":  
¨ These lines display the actual or last minimum/maximum value and the difference of  
the extreme values for one channel of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module.  
¨ You can send these values to the analog outputs.  
¨ You can display the minimum and the maximum value in one of the last four lines of the  
single component display using the adjustments of menu "Measurement Display  
Configuration" (see 5.1.8 p. 5-49/50).  
NGA 2000  
5 - 56  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.12 Differential Measurement  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Differential measurement  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Differential Measurement --  
Function is:  
Disabled  
Choose source channel...  
Source concentration:  
Store source concentration !  
Use actual value  
Source channel:  
----  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Differential Measurement" you can measure the difference between the  
current concentration and a reference concentration of the same gas component. That  
means, the measurement value is not based on the zero value as it is usual for an  
absolute value measurement. Instead of this the signal will be compared with defined  
concentration of the component selected. That may be useful for concentrations that only  
differ a little from the basic value of this component in the measurement environment  
(Example: CO2 of plant in air).  
If you want to make a differential measurement for other components, you can change to  
the other channels of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module with the F3 key.  
Condition:  
¨ You have to calibrate with zero gas and to linearize the measurement channel and the  
reference channel.  
· To calibrate see 4.5 p. 4-39 and 4.6 p. 4-43 or 5.1.1 p. 5-15 to 5-17.  
· To linearize see 5.1.5 p. 5-33  
Differential measurement:  
1) Dis able the function:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Function is" to select the parameter and  
adjust "Disabled" with the -key or the ¯ -key. Confirm it with the 8 -key.  
· This is necessary to avoid interference of values while the parameters where determined.  
2) Select the reference channel:  
· Change to the menu line "Choose source channel..." with the ¯ -key and press the  
8 -key or the ® -key to go to the submenu "Channels":  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 57  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Channels --  
MLT25/CH1  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH4  
MLT25/CH5  
-
-
-
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· Change to the line you want with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
· Select the tag of the reference channel with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "Differential Measurement" automatically. You  
can see the channel selected in the line "Source channel".  
3) Status determination of the reference channel:  
· Change to the line "Source concentration" with the -key or the ¯ -key and press the  
8 -key or the ® -key to select the parameter. Adjust the parameter with the -key or  
the ¯ -key and confirm it with the 8 -key.  
· Use actual value:  
The reference value to calculate the difference concentration will always be the  
current value of the reference channel.  
· Us e s tored value:  
The reference value to calculate the difference concentration will be fixed during the  
whole differential measurement.  
4) Give up reference gas to the reference channel:  
· You have to give up a defined concentration of the measurement gas to the reference  
channel to determine the reference value.  
· If the reference signal is stable, you have to change to the line "Store source con-  
centration !" with the -key or the ¯ -key. Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to start this  
function. If asked, confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or cancel and go back to the menu  
page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key:  
The current signal will be fixed for the differential measurement.  
5) Give up measurement gas to the measurement channel:  
· You have to give up the measurement gas to the measurement channel while the  
reference signal is stable to measure the differential concentration.  
6) Enable the differential meas urement:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Function is" and adjust "Enabled" with the  
-key or the ¯ -key. Confirm it with the 8 -key:  
The differential measurement will start and the differential concentration will be  
determined.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 58  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.13 Gasflow Setup  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Gasflow setup  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Gasflow Setup --  
Gasflow through analyzer cell is:  
Valve position at "Basic-Status":  
Parallel  
Samplegas  
Valve position:  
Operation status:  
Samplegas  
Ready  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Gasflow Setup" you can set up the modus of gas flow through  
the analyzer cell:  
¨ Parallel or  
¨ Serial  
and the valve position at "Basic-Status":  
¨ Samplegas or  
¨ All closed  
Notes :  
¨ The adjus tment for the gas flow through the analyzer cell depends on the real  
combination of the analyzer cells .  
¨ The setup is normally correct by factory setting.  
You have only to change it, if you modify your configuration of cells.  
¨ The correctness of this adjustment is very important for the time controlled calibration  
with valve gear (see 5.1.1 p. 5-12)  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Change to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the variable.  
¨ Select the parameter you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm your adjustment with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last one with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 59  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.14 Pressure Compensation  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Pressure compensation  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Pressure Compensation --  
Compensation:  
Manual pressure:  
Unit:  
Use manual pressure  
1013.0 hPa  
hPa  
Pressure measurement is:  
Reference pressure:  
Pressure:  
Valid  
1013.0 hPa  
1013.0 hPa  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Pressure Compensation" you can set up the parameters of pressure for the  
current channel of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module. With the F3 key you can change  
to the other channels.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Line of variables "Compensation":  
¨ Us e manual pres s ure:  
The pressure compensation of the current channel is based on the value of the line  
"Manual pressure".  
¨ Us e s ens or value:  
The pressure compensation of the current channel is based on the value measured by  
a pressure sensor. The corresponding value will be displayed in the line "Reference  
pressure". This setup is not available, if no sensor is installed. Then, you will find the  
standard pressure of 1013.0 hPa resp. 14.7 psig in that line.  
¨ Dis abled:  
No pressure compensation will be done.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 60  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Line of variables "Manual pressure":  
¨ You can put in the actual atmospheric pressure which can be used for pressure  
compensation.  
¨ Potential values: 500 to 1300 hPa resp. 7,3 to 18,9 psig  
Line of variables "Unit":  
¨ You can set up the pressure unit for the pressure compensation.  
¨ Options:  
· hPa  
· psig  
Lines of variables "Pressure measurement is", "Reference pressure", "Pressure":  
These lines are information lines. They are not available.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 61  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.15 Flow Measurement  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Flow measurement  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Flow Measurement --  
Unit:  
ml/min  
Flow measurement is:  
Flow:  
Valid  
23.0 ml/min  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Flow Measurement" you can set up the flow unit for the current channel of an  
MLT analyzer or analyzer module. In the last line of this menu you will find the actual flow  
of the channel selected.  
Flow unit setup:  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the variable.  
¨ Select the unit with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
Options: ml/min, l/min  
¨ Confirm your adjustment with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last one with the F2 key.  
Note:  
If no flow sensor is installed, you will find a corresponding message on the screen instead  
of the menu page shown above.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 62  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.16 Temperature Measurement  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Temperature measurement  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Temperature Measurement --  
Unit:  
F
Temperature measurement is:  
Temperature:  
Valid  
77.0 F  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Temperature Measurement" you can set up the temperature unit for the  
current channel of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module. In the last line of this menu you  
will find the actual temperature of the channel selected.  
Temperature unit setup:  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the variable.  
¨ Select the unit with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
Options: °C, °F  
¨ Confirm your adjustment with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last one with the F2 key.  
Note:  
If no temperature sensor is installed, you will find a corresponding message on the screen  
instead of the menu page shown above.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 63  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.17 Load/Save Analyzer Module Configuration  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Loading/saving configuration parameters  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Load/Save Analyzer Module Configuration --  
Send configuration to serial interface !  
Load configuration from serial interface !  
Reset analyzer module...  
- BE CAREFUL with this function -  
Replace current configuration with factory settings !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Load/Save Analyzer Module Configuration" you can start several functions to  
send or load configuration data of the MLT analyzer or analyzer module via the serial  
interface. These functions are only available, if a SIO with serial interface is installed in the  
MLT analyzer or analyzer module.  
Attention with loading of data:  
You will delete all data of the RAM!  
Starting the functions:  
¨ Select the function line you want with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to start the function.  
If asked, confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or  
cancel and go back to the menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
Function line "Send configuration to serial interface !":  
You will send the RAM data via the serial interface of the MLT analyzer or analyzer  
module to the EPROM programmer or to an external computer!  
Function line "Load configuration from serial interface !":  
You will load data from an external memory to the RAM of the MLT analyzer or analyzer  
module via the serial interface. So you will delete the current RAM data!  
Function line "Replace current configuration with factory settings !":  
You will delete the RAM data and load the factory settings from the Flash-EPROM!  
NGA 2000  
5 - 64  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Menu line "Reset analyzer module...":  
¨ Change to the line "Reset analyzer module..." with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to change to the corresponding submenu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Reset Analyzer Module --  
Microprocessor RESET !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to start the function.  
If asked, confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or  
cancel and go back to the menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
Notes :  
¨ With the function "Microprocessor RESET !" you can reset an MLT analyzer or  
analyzer module to the initializing mode.  
¨ Starting this function will generate the same start-up procedure as the switching on  
of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 65  
NGA 2000  
5 - 66  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.18 Inputs and Outputs (Local SIO/DIO)  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Inputs and outputs  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module I/O-Modules --  
SIO-01 module...  
DIO-module(s)...  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
From the menu "Analyzer Module I/O-Modules" you can change to several submenus,  
where you can set up the parameters of the local SIO module or the local DIO modules of  
an MLT analyzer module:  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "SIO-01 module..." or "DIO-module(s)..." to  
change to the corresponding submenus  
Notes :  
¨ If there is no local I/O module in the analyzer module, you will see a corresponding note  
on the display instead of the menu page shown above.  
¨ If you want to set up the auxiliary SIO or DIO modules, you have to go to the submenus  
of the menu "I/O Module Controls" (see 5.2 p. 5-83).  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 67  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.18 Inputs and Outputs – Local SIO  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Inputs and outputs  
¯
SIO-01 module  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Local SIO Configuration Parameters --  
Analog output setup...  
Serial interface setup...  
Configuration of Relay Outputs...  
Module installed:  
Enabled  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
From the menu "Local SIO Configuration Parameters" you can change to submenus to  
control and set up several output configurations of the local SIO module.  
General Configuration of a SIO board (the whole specification see its own manual):  
¨ Analog outputs: minimum 2, maximum 8  
¨ Serial interface (RS 232 or RS 485) to connect the analyzer module with  
an external computer  
¨ Three relay outputs  
If there is a SIO module installed in the analyzer you have to put in "Enabled" in the line  
"Module installed", otherwise "Disabled".  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select the line of variables or any menu line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or change to the submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select the parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new adjustment with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 68  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Analog Output Setup:  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Analog output setup..." to change to the  
corresponding submenu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
1
-- Analog Outputs --  
Output number:  
Choose analyzer module...  
Signal name:  
Concentration  
0.00  
Signal value for 0% output:  
Signal value for 100% output:  
Output current range:  
Use range limits for concentration scaling:  
Analyzer module:  
Signal value:  
Output Voltage:  
250.00  
0...20 mA  
Enabled  
MLT25/CH1  
95.00  
3.8 V  
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Configuration of the analog output:  
1) Select the analog output number:  
· You can set up all parameters in the menu "Analog Outputs" separately for each of  
the available analog outputs. The number of outputs depends on the hardware  
configuration of the local SIO module (minimum: 2, maximum: 8).  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the output number and adjust the value you  
want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm the number selected with the 8 -key.  
2) Choos e the analyzer module:  
· Change with ¯ -key to the line "Choose analyzer module..."  
· Change to the submenu "Analyzer Modules" with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Modules --  
MLT25/CH1  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH4  
MLT25/CH5  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 69  
· Go to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Select the tag of the channel with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "Analog Outputs" automatically.  
The tag of the channel selected will appear in the line "Analyzer module".  
3) Select the s ignal name:  
· Change to the line "Signal name" with the ¯ -key  
· Select the parameter with the 8 -key or the ® -key and adjust one of the following  
parameters with the -key or the ¯ -key:  
Concentration  
Average  
Peak-Value  
Temperature  
Pressure  
Flow  
Range  
Calculator-1  
Calculator-2  
Calculator-3  
Calculator-4  
· Confirm the parameter selected with the 8 -key.  
4) Determination of the output s ignal values :  
· You can determine the signal value for the 0% output and the 100% output in the lines  
"Signal value for 0% output" or "Signal value for 100% output". So you have the  
possibility to zoom out a certain part of the whole range.  
· Example:  
Range from 0 to 1000 ppm  
0% value shall be 400 ppm, 100% value shall be 700 ppm  
Analog output is normally:  
After changing the output signal: 0V = 400 ppm  
0V = 0 ppm  
10V = 1000 ppm  
10V = 700 ppm  
· Change to the line "Signal value for 0% output" or "Signal value for 100% output" with  
the ¯ -key.  
· Select the value with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
· Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with the -key  
or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm the new value with the 8 -key.  
· Note:  
If you change the measurement range, the adjustment done in this menu will dis-  
appear and go back to the standard values of the range! To change the output signal  
values permanently you have to change the adjustments in the menu "Begin and End  
of Ranges" (see 5.1.3 p. 5-27)!  
· Attention:  
The signal range at the analog output should not be less than the littlest range!  
Otherwise, the noise level may be very high at the analog output!  
NGA 2000  
5 - 70  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.18 Inputs and Outputs – Local SIO  
5) Determination of the output current range:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Output current range" to select the range  
and select the value you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm the new adjustment with the 8 -key.  
· Options: 0...20 mA (and automatically 0...10V) or 4...20 mA (2...10V).  
6) Concentration s caling:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Use range limits for concentration scaling"  
to select the parameter and adjust with the -key or the ¯ -key "Enabled" to enable  
the limits control or "Disabled" to disable it.  
· Confirm the new parameter with the 8 -key.  
7) Fine adjus tment of the analog output:  
· If you press the F5 key (More...) in the menu "Analog Outputs", you can change to the  
submenu "Fine Adjustment", where you can do the fine adjustments of the analog  
output:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
1
-- Fine Adjustment --  
Output number:  
Operation mode:  
Fine adjustment for 0% output:  
Fine adjustment for 100% output:  
Normal  
4097  
799  
Measure  
Updates  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Operation mode" to select the parameter  
and adjust one of the following parameters with the -key or the ¯ -key:  
Normal: The absolute measurement signal will be sent to the analog output.  
Zero: Coordination between the display and the analog output for 0V with fine  
adjustment 0%.  
Full Scale: Coordination between the display and the analog output for 10V with  
fine adjustment 100%.  
· Confirm the new parameter with the 8 -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Fine adjustments for 0% output" or "Fine  
adjustment for 100% output" to select the corresponding value.  
· Adjust the value you want with the -key or the ¯ -key and confirm it with the 8 -key.  
Options: 3000 - 6000 for 0% and 600 - 1000 for 100%.  
The last three lines of variables in the menu "Analog Outputs" only display some values of  
the analog output! They are not available.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 71  
Serial interface s etup:  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Serial interface setup..." of the menu "Local  
SIO Configuration Parameters" to change to the corresponding submenu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Serial Interface ---  
Baudrate:  
19200  
8
Data bits:  
Stop bits:  
1
Parity:  
None  
Disabled  
Xon/Xoff  
0
Echo mode:  
Handshake:  
Transmission delay:  
Type of installed serial interface:  
Communication protocol:  
Special protocol definitions...  
RS232  
AK  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the submenu "Serial Interface" you can determine the parameters of the data transfer  
between the analyzer module and external implements. The setups in this menu depend  
on the configuration of the analyzer module and the corresponding implement. The  
specification of the serial interface is described in another manual.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables or the menu line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or change to the submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Options:  
Baudrate:  
Data bits:  
Stop bits:  
Parity:  
Echo mode:  
Handshake:  
Transmission delay:  
Type of installed  
serial interface:  
Communication protocol:  
300  
7
1200  
8
2400  
Odd  
4800 9600 19200  
1
2
None  
Enabled  
None  
0 ... 100  
Even  
Disabled  
Xon/Xoff  
RS 232 RS 485/2w RS 485/4w RS 485/4w-Bus None  
AK MODBUS RTU None  
Note: Via the line "Special protocol definitions..." you can change to a submenu, where  
you can set up the parameters of the "AK" or "MODBUS RTU" communication protocol.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 72  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.18 Inputs and Outputs – Local SIO  
Configuration of Relay Outputs :  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Configuration of Relay Outputs..." of the menu  
"Local SIO Configuration Parameters" to change to the corresponding menu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Relay Outputs --  
Relay 1 - output signal:  
Relay 2 - output signal:  
Relay 3 - output signal:  
4
5
6
Relay 1 - actual state:  
Relay 2 - actual state:  
Relay 3 - actual state:  
On  
Off  
Off  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Relay Outputs" you can attach signals to the relay outputs of the local SIO  
board, e.g the relation between the zero valve and a certain channel. You have to put a  
number code (= variable of a signal) in the corresponding line for the relay:  
See the table "Signal Codes 1 - 359" on the following pages: p. 5-75 to 5-77 !  
There are three relays on the local SIO board. With a jumper you can determine the relay  
contact status: NO or NC. Informations about the whole specification of the SIO board you  
can find in another manual.  
Note:  
In this menu you only can determine the relay output configuration for channels of the  
analyzer module, not for channels of auxiliary modules.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select the code number for the signal with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
+ Options : Code 1 to 359 according to the lis t at page 5-75 to 5-77 !  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Lines of variables "Relay 1, 2, 3 - actual state":  
These lines display the current gear status of each relay. The lines are not available.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 73  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.18 Inputs and Outputs – Local DIO  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Inputs and outputs  
¯
DIO-module(s)  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Local DIO Boards Setup --  
Number of selected input:  
- Function code:  
Number of selected output:  
- Signal code:  
Reset output fail !  
1
13  
1
111  
Board status:  
Normal  
6
Slot number of selected board:  
Current status of selected input:  
Current status of selected output:  
Low  
High  
Measure  
NEXT_DIO  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Local DIO Boards Setup" you can set up the configuration of the local DIO  
modules of the analyzer module. Each DIO module is composed of 8 digital inputs and 24  
digital outputs. You can attach a function to each input (e.g. opening of a valve) and a  
signal to each output (e.g zero valve) by a corresponding code.  
See the tables on the following pages:  
+ Signal codes 1 -359: s ee p. 5-75 to 5-77; Function codes : 1 - 599 s ee p. 5-78 !  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select the line of variables or the function line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or start the function with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ If asked after function start: Confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or  
cancel and go back to the menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
¨ Variable changing:  
Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 74  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Function line "Reset output fail !"  
The 24 digital outputs are composed of 3 units with 8 outputs. If there is a short circuit or  
an overload in one unit, it will be switched off and saved against destruction. After the  
defect is removed, the board is available immediately. You only have to press the 8 -key  
or the ® -key in the line "Reset output fail !". If asked: Confirm with F2 key (Yes).  
Informations about the whole specification of the DIO board you will find in another manual.  
The last four lines of variables:  
These lines display the board status, the slot number and the gear status of the DIO board  
selected. The lines are not available.  
Signa l Code s 1 - 359  
Available for:  
¨ SIO relay outputs (see p. 5-73)  
¨ DIO outputs (see p.5-74)  
¨ Programmable logic control (see 5.1.6 p. 5-37)  
General Signals  
Signal ID  
Signal  
1
2
RAM-Fail  
ROMFail  
3
4
5
Seconds; LOW/HIGH change all 1000 ms  
Any sample gas valve selected (Channel 1...5)  
Any zero gas valve (Channel 1...5)  
6
7
8
9
Any span gas valve Selected (Channel 1...5)  
NAMUR-status: Failure (Channel 1...5)  
NAMUR-status:Maintenance Request (Channel 1...5)  
NAMUR-status:Function Control (Channel 1...5)  
Reserved  
10 - 19  
Programmable Calculator  
Signal ID  
20  
Signal  
Execution status  
Result 1 / Limit 1  
Result 1 / Limit 2  
Result 1 / Limit 3  
Result 1 / Limit 4  
Result 2 / Limit 1  
Result 2 / Limit 2  
Result 2 / Limit 3  
Result 2 / Limit 4  
Result 3 / Limit 1  
Result 3 / Limit 2  
Result 3 / Limit 3  
Result 3 / Limit 4  
Result 4 / Limit 1  
Result 4 / Limit 2  
Result 4 / Limit 3  
Result 4 / Limit 4  
Reserved  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37 - 39  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 75  
Programmable Logic Controls  
Signal ID  
40  
Signal  
Output Result buffer #1  
Output Result buffer #2  
Output Result buffer #3  
Output Result buffer #4  
Output Result buffer #5  
Output Result buffer #6  
Output Result buffer #7  
Output Result buffer #8  
Output Result buffer #9  
Output Result buffer #10  
Output Result buffer #11  
Output Result buffer #12  
Output Result buffer #13  
Output Result buffer #14  
Output Result buffer #15  
Output Result buffer #16  
Output Result buffer #17  
Output Result buffer #18  
Output Result buffer #19  
Output Result buffer #20  
Execution status  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61 -69  
Reserved  
SIO I/O-module  
DIO I/O-module  
Signal ID  
Signal  
Output #1 < 0V  
Output #1 > 10V  
Output #2 < 0V  
Output #2 > 10V  
Output #3 < 0V  
Output #3 > 10V  
Output #4 < 0V  
Output #4 > 10V  
Output #5 < 0V  
Output #5 > 10V  
Output #6 < 0V  
Output #6 > 10V  
Output #7 < 0V  
Output #7 > 10V  
Output #8 < 0V  
Output #8 > 10V  
Relay #1  
Signal ID  
Signal  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
Input #1  
Input #2  
Input #3  
Input #4  
Input #5  
Input #6  
Input #7  
Input #8  
Output 1..8 fail  
Output 9..16 fail  
Output 17..24 fail  
General Fail  
102 - 109 Reserved  
Relay #2  
Relay #3  
Reserved  
NGA 2000  
5 - 76  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.18 Inputs and Outputs – Signal Codes  
Measurement-Channels  
Signal Signal Signal Signal  
Signal  
ID  
ID  
Ch 1  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
ID  
Ch 2  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
ID  
Ch 3  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
226  
227  
228  
229  
230  
231  
232  
233  
234  
235  
236  
237  
238  
239  
240  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
248  
249  
250  
251  
252  
253  
254  
255  
256  
257  
258  
259  
ID  
Ch 4  
260  
261  
262  
263  
264  
265  
266  
267  
268  
269  
270  
271  
272  
273  
274  
275  
276  
277  
278  
279  
280  
281  
282  
283  
284  
285  
286  
287  
288  
289  
290  
291  
292  
293  
294  
295  
296  
297  
298  
299  
300  
301  
302  
303  
304  
305  
306  
307  
308  
309  
Signal  
Ch 5  
310  
311  
312  
313  
314  
315  
316  
317  
318  
319  
320  
321  
322  
323  
324  
325  
326  
327  
328  
329  
330  
331  
332  
333  
334  
335  
336  
337  
338  
339  
340  
341  
342  
343  
344  
345  
346  
347  
348  
349  
350  
351  
352  
353  
354  
355  
356  
357  
358  
359  
Raw signal failure  
Sample gas valve  
Zero gas valve  
Test gas valve  
Span gas valve - range 1  
Span gas valve - range 2  
Span gas valve - range 3  
Span gas valve - range 4  
Any of the span gas valves  
Lin1 gas valve  
Lin2 gas valve  
Purge gas valve  
Linearizartion Underflow  
Linearizartion Overflow  
Zero calibration in progress  
Span calibration in progress  
Range Underflow  
Range Overflow  
Range #1  
Range #2  
Range #3  
Range #4  
Failure (Namur)  
Maintenance request (Namur)  
Function Control (Namur)  
Concentration / Limit #1  
Concentration / Limit #2  
Concentration / Limit #3  
Concentration / Limit #4  
Conc. Average / Limit #1  
Conc. Average / Limit #2  
Conc. Average / Limit #3  
Conc. Average / Limit #4  
Temperature / Limit #1  
Temperature / Limit #2  
Temperature / Limit #3  
Temperature / Limit #4  
Pressure / Limit #1  
Pressure / Limit #2  
Pressure / Limit #3  
Pressure / Limit #4  
Flow / Limit #1  
Flow / Limit #2  
Flow / Limit #3  
Flow / Limit #4  
External signal #1  
External signal #2  
External signal #3  
External signal #4  
External signal #5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 77  
Func tion Code s 1 - 599  
Available for:  
¨ DIO inputs (see p. 5-74)  
The following functions occur only if the signal at the input changes from low to high level:  
ID  
General functions  
1
Set all channels into STANDBY state (Stop procedures)  
2 - 99 Reserved  
ID  
CH1  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
...  
ID  
CH2  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
...  
ID  
CH3  
300  
301  
302  
303  
304  
305  
306  
307  
308  
309  
310  
311  
312  
313  
314  
315  
316  
317  
318  
...  
ID  
CH4  
400  
401  
402  
403  
404  
405  
406  
407  
408  
409  
410  
411  
412  
413  
414  
415  
416  
417  
418  
...  
ID  
CH5  
Channel dependent  
functions  
500 Start Zero calibration  
501 Start Span calibration  
502 Start Zero + Span calibration  
503 Open sample gas valve  
504 Open zero gas valve  
505 Open purge gas valve  
506 Open test gas valve  
507 Open linearizer gas valve  
508 Open span gas valve (of current range)  
509 Open span gas valve of range-1  
510 Open span gas valve of range-2  
511 Open span gas valve of range-3  
512 Open span gas valve of range-4  
513 Close all valves (STANDBY)  
514 Set range-1  
515 Set range-2  
516 Set range-3  
517 Set range-4  
518 Reserved  
...  
...  
149  
249  
349  
449  
549 Reserved  
The following functions are active if the signal at the input is set to high level:  
ID  
CH1  
150  
151  
152  
...  
ID  
CH2  
250  
251  
252  
...  
ID  
CH3  
350  
351  
352  
...  
ID  
CH4  
450  
451  
452  
...  
ID  
CH5  
Channel dependent  
functions  
550 AK key-switch: Remote  
551 Namur signal: Function Control  
552 Reserved  
...  
...  
199  
299  
399  
499  
599 Reserved  
NGA 2000  
5 - 78  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.19 Delay and Average  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Delay and average  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Delay and Average --  
Concentration output delay time:  
Delay function is:  
1.000 s  
Disabled  
Averaging time:  
Set average to 0.0 !  
2 min  
Concentration average:  
93.87 ppm  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Delay and Average" you can set up the  
¨ analog output delay time of the measurement signal and  
¨ averaging time to calculate the mean value of concentration  
for one channel of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module. To set up the parameters of the  
other channels, you have to change with the F3 key.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables or the function line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or start the function with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ If asked after function start: Confirm with the F2 key (Yes) or  
cancel and go back to the menu page with the F4 key (Back...) or the ¬ -key.  
¨ Variable changing:  
Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 79  
Lines of variables "Concentration output delay time" / "Delay function is":  
¨ With the setup in the line "Concentration output delay time", you can shift the absolute  
time of the analog output signal for one channel. If you use the right output delay time,  
you can watch the signals of several channels at the same starting time.  
¨ Options: 0.000 to 3.000 seconds.  
¨ Select "Enabled" in the line "Delay function is" to use the delay time for the concentration  
output.  
Example:  
Conc.  
CO  
CO2  
NO  
Time  
Line of variables "Averaging time" and function line "Set average to 0.0 !":  
¨ The mean value of a measurement is calculated as follows (arithmetic mean value):  
Sum of all concentrations  
Concentration mean value  
=
Number of values  
¨ The number of measurement values depends on the averaging time.  
¨ Options: 1, 2, 3, ... , 60 minutes  
¨ You will find the result of the latest/actual mean value calculation in the line  
"Concentration average".  
¨ Starting the function "Set average to 0.0 !" will calculate a new mean value.  
After the time of the line "Averaging time" is over, you will find the result in the line  
"Concentration average".  
NGA 2000  
5 - 80  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.20 Special Functions  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[2nd menu page via F5 (More...)]  
¯
Special functions  
¯
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
- S O R R Y -  
- No special functions available -  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
The menu "Special Functions " is res erved for functions of the typical meas urement  
proces s for a certain analyzer module (e.g. CLD, FID, MLT-AM) !  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 81  
5.1 Analyzer Module Setup  
5.1.21 AK-Protocol Communication  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
Analyzer module setup  
[3rd menu page via 2 times F5 (More...)]  
¯
AK-protocol communication  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- AK-Communication --  
Remote control:  
Enabled  
Remote control set to "FullAK" means:  
- external range control is disabled  
- automatic range switch level calculation is disabled  
- t90 time does not change with ranges  
- all valves closed if Operation status = Ready  
- calibrations include SNGA/SEGA procedures  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "AK-Communication" you can set up the parameters for the remote control of  
the current channel via the serial interface. With the F3 key you can change to the other  
channels of an MLT analyzer or analyzer module.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the parameter.  
¨ Select the parameter you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
Options :  
· Dis abled: No data transfer by remote control is possible.  
· Full AK:  
· Enabled:  
The data transfer is only possible for commands of the AK standard.  
The data transfer is possible for the commands of the AK standard  
and further commands like service commands.  
¨ Confirm the parameter selected with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last setup with the F2 key.  
Notes :  
¨ Further informations about the "AK-communication protocol" you will find in an own  
manual.  
¨ To setup the data transfer parameters (e.g. baudrate) you have to change to the menu  
"Serial Interface" (see section 5.1.18 p. 5-72 resp. 5.2.1 p. 89).  
NGA 2000  
5 - 82  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.2 I/O Module Controls  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
I/O module controls  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- I/O Module Controls --  
SIO module...  
DIO module(s)...  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
From the menu "I/O Module Controls" you can change to some submenus where you can  
set up the parameters for the SIO module and the DIO modules of the MLT analyzer or  
platform:  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "SIO module..." or  
in the line "DIO module(s)..." to change to the corresponding submenus.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 83  
5.2 I/O Module Controls  
5.2.1 SIO Module  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
I/O module controls  
¯
SIO module  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- SIO-Configuration Parameters --  
Analog output setup...  
Serial interface setup...  
Configuration of Relay Outputs...  
Module installed:  
Yes  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
From the menu "SIO - Configuration Parameters" you can change to submenus to control  
and set up several output configurations of the auxiliary SIO module.  
General Configuration of a SIO board (for the whole specification see its own manual):  
¨ Analog outputs: minimum 2, maximum 8  
¨ Serial interface (RS 232 or RS 485) to connect the analyzer with an external computer  
¨ Three relay outputs  
If there is a SIO module installed in the platform or in the MLT analyzer, you have to put in  
"Yes" in the line "Module installed", otherwise "No".  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select the line of variables or any menu line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or change to the submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select the parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new adjustment with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 84  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.2 I/O Module Controls  
5.2.1 SIO Module – Analog output setup  
Analog Output Setup:  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Analog output setup..." to change to the  
corresponding submenu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
1
-- Analog Outputs --  
Output number:  
Choose signal source module...  
Choose signal...  
Signal value for 0% output:  
Signal value for 100% output:  
Output current range:  
Hold output during calibration?  
Signal name:  
0.00 ppm  
2500.00 ppm  
0...20 mA  
No  
Concentration  
95.00  
Current signal value:  
Source module:  
TAG  
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Configuration of the analog output:  
1) Select the analog output number:  
· You can set up all parameters in the menu "Analog Outputs" separately for each of  
the available analog outputs. The number of outputs depends on the hardware  
configuration of the local SIO module (minimum: 2, maximum: 8).  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the output number and adjust the value you  
want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm the number selected with the 8 -key.  
2) Choos e the analyzer module:  
· Change with the ¯ -key to the line "Choose signal source module..."  
· Change to the submenu "Analyzer Modules" with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
The tags of all analyzer modules combined with the platform or the MLT analyzer will  
appear:  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Modules --  
MLT25/CH1  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH4  
MLT25/CH5  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 85  
· Go to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Select the tag of the channel with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "Analog Outputs" automatically.  
The tag of the channel selected will appear in the line "Source module".  
3) Select any s ignal:  
· Change to the line "Choose signal" with the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to change to the submenu "Signals":  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Signals --  
Concentration  
Average  
Minimum  
Maximum  
Temperature  
Pressure  
Flow  
Calculator-1  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
Available signals on further menu pages:  
¨ Calculator-2  
¨ Calculator-3  
¨ Calculator-4  
¨ Failures  
¨ Maintenance-Requests  
¨ Function-Control  
¨ Range-ID  
¨ Operation  
¨ Any_Alarms  
¨ Span-Conc.  
¨ Gasflow  
· Go to the line you want with the ¯ -key or the -key. With the F5 key (>>>) you can  
go to further menu pages containing signals. With the F4 key you can go back to the  
menu "Analog Outputs".  
· Select the signal with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "Analog Outputs" automatically.  
The signal selected will appear in the line "Signal name".  
NGA 2000  
5 - 86  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.2 I/O Module Controls  
5.2.1 SIO Module – Analog output setup  
4) Determination of the output s ignal values :  
· You can determine the signal value for the 0% output and the 100% output in the lines  
"Signal value for 0% output" or "Signal value for 100% output". So you have the  
possibility to zoom out a certain part of the whole range.  
· Example:  
Range from 0 to 1000 ppm  
0% value shall be 400 ppm, 100% value shall be 700 ppm  
Analog output is normally:  
After changing the output signal: 0V = 400 ppm  
0V = 0 ppm  
10V = 1000 ppm  
10V = 700 ppm  
· Change to the line "Signal value for 0% output" or "Signal value for 100% output" with  
the ¯ -key.  
· Select the value with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
· Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with the -key  
or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm the new value with the 8 -key.  
· Note:  
If you change the measurement range, the adjustment done in this menu will  
disappear and go back to the standard values of the range! To change the output  
signal values permanently you have to change the adjustments in the menu "Begin  
and End of Ranges" (see 5.1.3 p. 5-27)!  
· Attention:  
The signal range at the analog output should not be less than the littlest range!  
Otherwise, the noise level may be very high at the analog output!  
5) Determination of the output current range:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Output current range" to select the range  
and select the value you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm the new adjustment with the 8 -key.  
· Options: 0...20 mA (and automatically 0...10V) or 4...20 mA (2...10V).  
6) Analog output during calibration:  
· In the line "Hold output during calibration?" you can determine the signal drift of the  
analog output and of the limits during calibration:  
Yes: During the whole calibration the analog output signal and the status of the  
limits are fixed to the last value before calibration.  
No: The analog output signal and the status of the limits are following to the  
measurement signal during the whole calibration procedure.  
· Notes :  
The adjustments "Yes/No" are valid for all kinds of calibrations of a platform SIO or  
MLT analyzer SIO: manual, time controlled, AK controlled and system calibration.  
The signal drift and status of limits of a local SIO in an MLT analyzer module will be  
determined in the menu "Calibration Procedure Setup" in the line "Analog output  
during calibration: ... Holding/Tracking" (see 5.1.1 p. 5-9/10).  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 87  
7) Fine adjus tment of the analog output:  
· If you press the F5 key in the menu "Analog Outputs" you can change to the submenu  
"Fine Adjustment", where you can do the fine adjustments of the analog output:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
1
-- Fine Adjustment --  
Output number:  
Operation mode:  
Fine adjustment for 0% output:  
Fine adjustment for 100% output:  
Normal  
4097  
799  
Measure  
Updates  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· In the line "Output number" appears the output number selected in the menu "Analog  
Outputs". If you want, you can select another output in the submenu "Fine  
Adjustment":  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the output number and adjust the value  
you want with the -key or the ¯ -key. Options: 1, ... , 8.  
Confirm the number selected with the 8 -key.  
Fine adjustment setup of the analog output:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Operation mode" to select the parameter  
and adjust one of the following parameters with the -key or the ¯ -key:  
Normal: The absolute measurement signal will be sent to the analog output.  
Adjus t 0V: Coordination between the display and the analog output for 0V with fine  
adjustment 0%.  
Adjus t 10V: Coordination between the display and the analog output for 10V with  
fine adjustment 100%.  
· Confirm the new parameter with the 8 -key.  
· Change to the following lines with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Fine adjustment for 0% output" or "Fine  
adjustment for 100% output" to select the corresponding value.  
· Adjust the value you want with the -key or the ¯ -key and confirm it with the 8 -key.  
Options: 3500 - 4800 for 0% and 750 - 900 for 100%.  
F2 key (Updates):  
· With the F2 key you can change to the submenu "Analog Output Updates per Second".  
The last three lines of variables in the menu "Analog Outputs" only display some values of  
the analog output! They are not available.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 88  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.2 I/O Module Controls  
5.2.1 SIO Module – Serial interface setup  
Serial interface s etup:  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Serial interface setup..." of the menu "SIO -  
Configuration Parameters" to change to the corresponding submenu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Serial Interface ---  
Baudrate:  
19200  
8
Data bits:  
Stop bits:  
1
Parity:  
None  
Disabled  
Xon/Xoff  
0
Echo mode:  
Handshake:  
Transmission delay:  
Type of installed serial interface:  
Communication protocol:  
Special protocol definitions...  
RS232  
AK  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the submenu "Serial Interface" you can determine the parameters of the data transfer  
between the MLT analyzer or platform and external implements. The set-ups in this menu  
depend on the configuration of the analyzer resp. platform and the corresponding  
implement. The specification of the serial interface is described in another manual.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables or the menu line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or change to the submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Options:  
Baudrate:  
Data bits:  
Stop bits:  
Parity:  
Echo mode:  
Handshake:  
Transmission delay:  
Type of installed  
serial interface:  
Communication protocol:  
300  
7
1200  
8
2400  
Odd  
4800 9600 19200  
1
2
None  
Enabled  
None  
0 ... 100  
Even  
Disabled  
Xon/Xoff  
RS 232 RS 485/2w RS 485/4w RS 485/4w-Bus None  
AK MODBUS RTU None  
Note: Via the line "Special protocol definitions..." you can change to a submenu, where  
you can set up the parameters of the "AK" or "MODBUS RTU" communication protocol.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 89  
5.2 I/O Module Controls  
5.2.1 SIO Module – Configuration of relay outputs  
Configuration of Relay Outputs:  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Configuration of Relay Outputs..." of the menu  
"SIO - Configuration Parameters" to change to the corresponding menu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Relay Outputs --  
Outputnumber:  
Invert signal:  
1
Disabled  
Choose source module...  
Choose signal...  
Signal comes from:  
Signal name:  
Actual state:  
Control Module  
Function control  
ON  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
There are three relays on any SIO board. The relay contact status is NO (normally  
opened) by factory setting. With a jumper you also have the option to determine the relay  
contact status as NC (normally closed). Informations about the whole specification of the  
SIO board you can find in another manual.  
In the menu "Relay Outputs" you have to determine the configuration of the three relay  
outputs of the SIO!  
Configuration setup:  
1) Select the output number:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Outputnumber" and adjust the output  
number one, two or three with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm the number selected with the 8 -key.  
2) Choos e the s ource module:  
· Change with the ¯ -key to the line "Choose source module...".  
· Change to the submenu "Analyzer Modules" with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
(illustration see next page)  
All analyzer modules joint to the platform or to the MLT analyzer and the  
control module are available.  
· Go to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key. If there are more than eight  
source modules available, you have to press the F5 key to go to another menu page.  
· Select the tag of the module with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "Relay Outputs" automatically. The tag of the  
module selected will appear in the line "Signal comes from".  
NGA 2000  
5 - 90  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Modules --  
Control Module  
MLT25/CH1  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH4  
MLT25/CH5  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
3) Select any s ignal:  
· Change to the line "Choose signal..." with the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to change to the submenu "Signals":  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Signals --  
Function control  
Maintenance request  
Failure  
Cal. in progress  
Zero in progress  
Span in progress  
Zero failed  
Span failed  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· Go to the line you want with the ¯ -key or the -key. With the F5 key (>>>) you can  
go to other menu pages containing further available signals:  
Range overflow  
Range underflow  
Flow too low  
Flow too high  
and further signals, if need be:  
All signals of the control module and of the analyzer modules joint to the platform or  
MLT analyzer (e.g. CLD, FID, MLT AM) are available in the menu "Signals".  
· Select the signal with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "Relay Outputs" automatically.  
The signal selected will appear in the line "Signal name".  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 91  
4) Invert s ignal:  
· You can decide, if the measurement signal should be inverted at the relay output. This  
can be necessary to combine a failure with an alarm control.  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Invert signal" to select the parameter  
and adjust "Enabled" or "Disabled" with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
Confirm the parameter selected with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
The last three lines of variables in the menu "Relay Outputs" only display some adjust-  
ments of the relay output selected! They are not available:  
¨ "Signal comes from:" displays the source module selected for the current relay output.  
¨ "Signal name:" displays the signal selected for the current relay output.  
¨ "Actual state:" displays if the relay status of the current relay is "On" or "Off".  
NGA 2000  
5 - 92  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.2 I/O Module Controls  
5.2.2 DIO Module(s)  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
I/O module controls  
¯
DIO module(s)  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- DIO-Module Outputs --  
Inputs...  
Outputnumber:  
1
Choose module...  
Choose signal...  
Invert output:  
Module status:  
Slot ID:  
Signal name:  
Signal level:  
Signal comes from:  
Disabled  
Normal  
1
????  
Off  
????  
Measure  
Next...  
Back...  
Ackn!  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "DIO-Module Outputs" you can set up the output configuration of the auxiliary  
DIO modules. Besides you can change to the submenu "DIO-Module Inputs" to configure  
the inputs of the auxiliary DIO modules.  
Each DIO module is composed of 8 digital inputs and 24 digital outputs. If there exist  
several DIO modules in the platform, you can change to the setup menu of each with the  
F3 key. The tag number of the DIO board selected will appear in the line "Slot ID". The  
changing with the F3 key is not available for MLT analyzers, because only one DIO can be  
installed in it.  
The 24 digital outputs are composed of 3 units with 8 outputs. If there is a short circuit or  
an overload in one unit, it will be switched off and saved against destruction. After the  
defect is removed the board is available immediately. You only have to press the F5 key.  
Informations about the whole specification of the DIO board you will find in another manual.  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables or any menu line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or change to the submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Adjust a new value or select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Line of variables "Invert output":  
Select "Enabled" in the line "Invert output", if you want to invert the measurement signal at  
the actual digital output, otherwise select "Disabled". The output inversion can be neces-  
sary for instance, if you want to combine a failure with an alarm control.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 93  
The last five lines of variables in the menu "DIO-Module Outputs" only display some  
adjustments of the DIO output selected! They are not available:  
¨ "Module status:" displays the status of the current DIO board.  
¨ "Slot ID:" displays the tag number of the DIO board selected.  
¨ "Signal name:" displays the signal selected for the current DIO output.  
¨ "Signal level:" displays the status of the signal selected.  
¨ "Signal comes from:" displays the source module selected for the current DIO output.  
Configuration of the DIO module inputs :  
Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Inputs..." to change to the corresponding  
submenu:  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- DIO-Module Inputs --  
Inputnumber:  
1
Choose module...  
Choose function...  
Slot ID:  
Signal name:  
Signal level:  
1
????  
Off  
Signal comes from:  
????  
Measure  
Next  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "DIO-Module Inputs" you have to determine the configuration for all of the  
eight DIO module inputs!  
DIO input configuration setup:  
1) Select the input number:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Inputnumber" and adjust an input number  
(1, ... , 8) with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm the number selected with the 8 -key.  
2) Choose the module:  
· Change with the ¯ -key to the line "Choose module...".  
· Change to the submenu "Analyzer Modules" with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
(illustration see next page)  
All modules joint to the platform or to the MLT analyzer and the control module will be  
available.  
· Go to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key. If there are more than eight  
source modules available, you have to press the F5 key to go to another menu page.  
NGA 2000  
5 - 94  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.2 I/O Module Controls  
5.2.2 DIO Module(s) – Input configuration  
· Select the tag of the module with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "DIO-Module Inputs" automatically.  
The tag of the module selected will appear in the line "Signal comes from".  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Modules --  
Control Module  
MLT25/CH1  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH4  
MLT25/CH5  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
3) Select any function:  
· Change to the line "Choose function..." with the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to change to the submenu "Functions":  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Functions --  
AM:Zero-Cal  
AM:Span-Cal  
AM:Range-1  
AM:Range-2  
AM:Range-3  
AM:Range-4  
SYS:Zero-Cal  
SYS:Zero/Span-Cal  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· Go to the line you want with the ¯ -key or the -key. With the F5 key you can go to  
further menu pages containing also available signals:  
SYS:Program-Cal  
SYS:Cancel-Cal  
SYS:CAL-Test-Mode  
SYS:AM-Zero-Gas  
SYS:AM-Span-Gas1, 2, 3, 4  
External function control  
AM: Hold Outputs  
AM-closed-valves  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 95  
CLD-AM: NOx  
External failure  
External maintenance  
and further functions, depending of the analyzer module selected.  
· Select the function with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "DIO-Module Inputs" automatically.  
The function selected will appear in the line "Signal name".  
The last four lines of variables in the menu "DIO-Module Inputs" only display some adjust-  
ments of the DIO input selected! They are not available:  
¨ "Slot ID:" displays the tag number of the DIO board selected. If there exist several DIO  
modules in the platform you can change to the setup menu of each with the F3 key.  
The tag number of the DIO board selected will appear in the line "Slot ID".  
¨ "Signal name:" displays the signal selected for the current DIO input.  
¨ "Signal level:" displays the status of the signal selected.  
¨ "Signal comes from:" displays the source module selected for the current DIO input.  
Configuration of the DIO module outputs :  
1) Select the output number:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Outputnumber" of the menu  
"DIO-Module Outputs" and adjust an output number (1, ... , 24) with the  
-key or the ¯ -key.  
· Confirm the number selected with the 8 -key.  
2) Choose the module:  
· Change with the ¯ -key to the line "Choose module...".  
· Change to the submenu "Analyzer Modules" with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
All modules joint to the platform or to the MLT analyzer and the control module  
will be available:  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Analyzer Modules --  
Control Module  
MLT25/CH1  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH4  
MLT25/CH5  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
5 - 96  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.2 I/O Module Controls  
5.2.2 DIO Module(s) – Output configuration  
· Go to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key. If there are more than eight  
source modules available, you have to press the F5 key to go to another menu page.  
· Select the tag of the module with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "DIO-Module Outputs" automatically.  
The tag of the module selected will appear in the line "Signal comes from".  
3) Select any s ignal:  
· Change to the line "Choose signal..." with the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to change to the submenu "Signals":  
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- Signals --  
Function control  
Maintenance request  
Failure  
Cal. in progress  
Zero in progress  
Span in progress  
Zero failed  
Span failed  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· Go to the line you want with the ¯ -key or the -key. With the F5 key you can go to  
further menu pages containing also available signals:  
Range overflow  
Range underflow  
Flow too low  
Flow too high  
SYS:Valve-1, -2, ... , -32  
and further signals, if need be:  
All signals of the control module and of the analyzer modules joint to the platform or  
MLT analyzer (e.g. CLD, FID, MLT AM) are available in the menu "Signals".  
· Select the signal with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
The display will go back to the menu "DIO-Module Outputs" automatically.  
The signal selected will appear in the line "Signal name".  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 97  
NGA 2000  
5 - 98  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5.3 I/O Module Setup  
Main Menu — Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration  
¯
I/O module setup  
¯
TAG  
95.00 ppm  
-- I/O Module Setup --  
Parameter:  
3
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "I/O Module Setup" you can select any of the following types of micro  
processor controlled auxiliary modules:  
1) Analog Output with 3 Alarms I/O Module  
2) Auto Calibration I/O Module  
3) System Auto Calibration I/O Module  
Notes :  
¨ If one of these auxiliary modules is available, you will find its corresponding tag in a line  
of this menu. If there exist more than eight of such modules, you can change to another  
menu page with the F5 key.  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line where the tag of the module is displayed to  
change to the setup submenus of the corresponding I/O board.  
¨ For further Informations, please contact your customer service or look at the manual of  
the I/O board!  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
5 - 99  
NGA 2000  
5 - 100  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6 System Configuration and Diagnostics  
If you press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "System configuration and diagnostics..."  
of the "Main Menu", you will change to the following display:  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- System Configuration --  
System calibration...  
Diagnostic menus...  
Date and time...  
Security codes...  
Network module binding...  
System Reset...  
System modules...  
System tag:  
Fisher-Rosemount  
Back...  
Measure  
Channel  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
From the menu "System configuration" you can change to several submenus to set up the  
system parameters of the platform or of the MLT analyzer. Besides you can set up or  
control the software and hardware configuration of the control module or the analyzer  
modules.  
In the following table you will find a short overview about the contents of the menus and  
where you will find their description in this manual:  
Menu  
Important Contents  
Section/Page  
Þ Calibration of all analyzer modules in a * See  
System calibration...  
common process  
Supplement!  
Þ Error messages of the control module  
and analyzer modules' software  
Þ Date and time setup of the control  
module (platform or MLT analyzer)  
* 6.1 / p. 3 to 5  
Diagnostic menus...  
Date and time  
* 6.2 / p. 6  
Þ Setup of security codes for the different * 6.3 / p. 7, 8  
operating levels  
Security codes...  
Þ Binding of analyzer modules with micro * 6.4 / p. 9, 10  
processor controlled I/O modules, which  
are connected with the platform  
Network module binding...  
Þ System reset of the control module and * 6.5 / p. 11  
re-initializing of the network  
System Reset...  
Þ Overview of all modules connected to  
the control module  
* 6.6 / p. 12  
System modules...  
(platform or MLT analyzer)  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6 - 1  
Structure of chapter s ix:  
The structure of chapter six is analogous to the structur of chapter five:  
At the begin of any chapter you will find the way to a certain submenu of the MLT  
software, starting from the line "System configuration and diagnostics..." in the "Main  
Menu". The way will be described with the software catchwords, that you have to enter  
one after another to reach the corresponding submenu. At the end of the catchword listing  
you will find the illustration of the LCD screen. After that you can read the set-up  
instructions and explanations containing further menu pictures, if necessary.  
Example: You will bind micro processor controlled modules with analyzer modules.  
Main Menu — System configuration  
¯
Network module binding  
¯
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Module Binding --  
MLT25/CH1  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH4  
MLT25/CH5  
Abort  
Add!  
Delete!  
Bind!  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Module Binding" you can bind with the analyzer modules the following types  
of micro processor controlled I/O modules connected to the platform:  
1) Analog Output with 3 Alarms I/O Module  
2) Auto Calibration I/O Module  
3) System Auto Calibration I/O Module  
You can unbind all existing bindings between ...  
Further explanations and setup instructions will follow !  
NGA 2000  
6 - 2  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6.1 Diagnostic Menus  
Main Menu — System configuration and diagnostics  
¯
Diagnostic menus  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Diagnostic menus --  
Control module diagnostics...  
Analyzer module diagnostics...  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
From the menu "Diagnostic menus" you can change to submenus, where you will find  
software error messages of the control module or of the analyzer module. If need be, you  
can remove the error messages in these menus.  
Changing to the submenus:  
¨ Scroll with the -key or the ¯ -key to select the menu line you want.  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line selected to change to the corresponding  
submenu.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6 - 3  
6.1 Diagnostic Menus  
6.1.1 Control Module Diagnostics  
Main Menu — System configuration and diagnostics  
¯
Diagnostic menus  
¯
Control module diagnostics  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Control Unit Diagnostics --  
Software error code (1 = no error):  
1
Last software error message:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
Edit to reset:  
Report  
Reset...  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Control Unit Diagnostics" you can find software error messages of the  
control module. If such messages are existing, you can act in the following way:  
1) Make a note of the error mes s ages .  
2) Res et the mes s age:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Edit to reset".  
· Set up "Reset" with the -key or the ¯ -key and confirm it with the 8 -key:  
The error messages will disappear, if their reason will not exist any longer.  
· If the error messages will keep displayed:  
3) Sys tem res et:  
· Change to the menu "System Reset" with the F5 key (Reset...).  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "System reset !" to reboot (see 6.5 p. 6-11).  
4) Check the error mes s ages :  
· Go again to the menu "Control Unit Diagnostics".  
· If the error messages will still exist, contact your customer service, please.  
· If the error messages will be disappeared, you should set up the report status again:  
Set up "Report" in the line "Edit to reset".  
NGA 2000  
6 - 4  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6.1 Diagnostic Menus  
6.1.2 Analyzer Module Diagnostics  
Main Menu — System configuration and diagnostics  
¯
Diagnostic menus  
¯
Analyzer module diagnostics  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Analyzer Module Diagnostics --  
Software error code (1 = no error):  
1
Last software error message:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
And:  
Edit to reset:  
Report  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Analyzer Module Diagnostics" you can find software error messages of the  
analyzer module. If such messages are existing, you can act in the following way:  
1) Make a note of the error mes s ages .  
2) Res et the mes s age:  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Edit to reset".  
· Set up "Reset" with the -key or the ¯ -key and confirm it with the 8 -key:  
The error messages will disappear, if their reason will not exist any longer  
and the parameter "Report" will appear again, automatically.  
· If the error messages are still existing, contact your customer service, please.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6 - 5  
6.2 Date and Time  
Main Menu — System configuration and diagnostics  
¯
Date and time  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
24 Hrs  
-- Date and Time --  
Time display format (am/pm):  
Minutes:  
Hours (1...24):  
Year:  
0
12  
1998  
4
Day:  
Month:  
5
Network updating:  
Current time:  
Enabled  
14:01:35 12 May 1998  
Measure  
Set !  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Date and Time" you can set up the date and the time of the control module  
(platform or MLT analyzer).  
Line of variables "Time display format (am/pm)":  
In this line you can decide, if the time of the control module should be displayed in the 12  
hours format or in the 24 hours format.  
Line of variables "Network updating":  
All modules combined with the control module can use its date and time setup, auto-  
matically.  
Set up a new date or time:  
1) Press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "Minutes", "Hours", "Year", "Day", or "Month"  
to select the corresponding number.  
2) Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with the -key or  
the ¯ -key.  
· Options:  
Minutes: 0 to 59  
Hours: 0 to 23  
Year:  
manufacturing year (e.g. 1998) to 2035.  
Day:  
1 to 28/30/31 depending on the month selected  
Month: 1 to 12  
3) Press the F3 key to set the new date or time. The new adjustment will appear in the line  
"Current time". The display in this line will be refreshed every five second.  
NGA 2000  
6 - 6  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6.3 Security Codes  
Main Menu — System configuration and diagnostics  
¯
Security codes  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Security Setup --  
Basic level security:  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Expert level security:  
System level security:  
Define basic level security PIN...  
Define expert level security PIN...  
Define system level security PIN...  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Security Setup" you can enable a security code for the entering of the "Basic  
level" as well as for the "Expert level" and for the "System level".  
Caution: If you enable a security code and forget it, you will not have any possibility to  
enter the locked level!  
How to setup and to enable the security codes:  
1) Determination of the code number for the:  
· "Basic level"  
· "Expert level"  
(factory setting: 12345):  
(factory setting: 12345):  
· "System level" (factory setting: 54321):  
Go to the line  
"Define basic level security PIN..." resp.  
"Define expert level security PIN..." resp.  
"Define system level security PIN..."  
with the -key or the ¯ -key and change to the corresponding submenu with the 8 -  
key or the ® -key (see illustration on the next page; "basic level" as example).  
· Put in the code you want with the function keys F1, ..., F5:  
The sequence of the code numbers will appear in the line "Actual PIN".  
· Notes:  
"1" is attached to F1, "2" to F2 and so on. The characters displayed above the  
function keys will not be displayed as code numbers.  
If your input was wrong, you can repeat as often as you want until the sequence of  
the digits will be in your way.  
If the input of the security code is done, you can go back to the menu "Security  
Setup" with the ¬ -key.  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6 - 7  
· Example:  
Security code shall be: 53412  
You have to press the sequence: F5 F3 F4 F1 F2  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Define Basic Level Security PIN --  
Press five softkeys in any order to define the PIN.  
The actual PIN is represented by the order in which  
they are pressed, and shown numerically below.  
Press the left arrow key when you are done.  
Actual PIN:  
12345  
ABCDE1  
FGHIK2  
LMNOP3  
QRSTU4  
VWXYZ5  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
2) Enable the s ecurity code:  
· With the -key or the ¯ -key you can change to the line:  
"Basic level security" to enable the code for the "Basic level".  
"Expert level security" to enable the code for the "Expert level".  
"System level security" to enable the code for the "System level".  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the parameter and adjust "Enabled" with the  
-key or the ¯ -key. Confirm it with the 8 -key.  
3) Change to a level locked by s ecurity code:  
· Go back to the "Main Menu", for instance with F4 (two times).  
· Try to change to the locked level via the corresponding menu line with the 8 -key or  
the ® -key:  
A menu page will appear with the invitation to enter the security code. In the line  
"Input" you will find the setup "Ready".  
· Enter the security code with the right sequence of function keys:  
The symbol "*" will appear in the line "Input" for each input.  
If the code is wrong, "Ready" will appear again in this line. Then you cannot change  
to the locked level.  
If the code is correct, the display will change automatically to the locked level after  
the last digit of the code will be entered.  
Note:  
If you have entered a level by security code, this level will be unlocked generally. If you  
want to enter this level only by security code, you have to press the F4 key (Lock...) in the  
"Main Menu" after each return from the specific level!  
NGA 2000  
6 - 8  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6.4 Network Module Binding  
Main Menu — System configuration and diagnostics  
¯
Network module binding  
¯
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Module Binding --  
MLT25/CH1  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH4  
MLT25/CH5  
Abort  
Add!  
Delete!  
Bind!  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Module Binding" you can bind with the analyzer modules the following types  
of micro processor controlled I/O modules connected to the platform:  
1) Analog Output with 3 Alarms I/O Module  
2) Auto Calibration I/O Module  
3) System Auto Calibration I/O Module  
You can unbind all existing bindings between the analyzer module and the I/O modules, if  
you press the F3 key (Delete!)  
Module binding:  
1) Selecting the channel:  
· Change to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key resp. the F2 key (Add!) to change to the submenu  
"Select IO Modules":  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Select IO Modules --  
Select the modules you wish to bind to the current  
analyzer.  
I/O module with 3 alarms  
Autocal I/O  
Syscal I/O  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6 - 9  
2) Selecting the I/O module:  
· Change to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
If there are more than eight unbound I/O modules available, you can change to  
another menu page with the F5 key (>>>).  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to select the tag of the I/O module:  
The display will go back to the menu "Module binding" automatically.  
· Repeat the steps 1) and 2) as often as necessary until all modules you want to bind  
will be selected.  
3) Binding:  
· Press the F4 key (Bind!) to change to the submenu "Bind Modules Selected":  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Bind Modules Selected --  
Press BIND to bind the modules.  
Syscal I/O  
Autocal I/O  
Measure  
Bind !  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
· Press the F3 key (Bind !) to bind the modules selected:  
The control module will change to the initializing mode and the binding will be done  
automatically.  
NGA 2000  
6 - 10  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6.5 System Reset  
Main Menu — System configuration and diagnostics  
¯
System Reset  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- System Reset --  
Are you sure ???  
Re-initializing will destroy all the binds !!!  
System reset !  
Re-initialize network !  
Measure  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
You can start the following functions in the menu "System Reset":  
1) Sys tem Res et:  
· The MLT analyzer or the platform will change to the initializing mode automatically,  
if you press the 8 -key or the ® -key in the line "System reset !":  
This reboot is analogous to the switching on of the control module.  
2) Re-initialize network:  
· Change to the line "Re-initialize network!" with the the -key or the ¯ -key.  
· Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to start this function.  
Caution:  
¨ With the function "Re-initialize network !", you will delete all bindings between analyzer  
modules and I/O modules.  
¨ All configuration data of the SIO and DIO modules will disappear!  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
6 - 11  
6.6 System Modules  
Main Menu — System configuration and diagnostics  
¯
System modules  
¯
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- Modules known by the Control Module --  
MLT25/CH1  
MLT25/CH2  
MLT25/CH3  
MLT25/CH4  
MLT25/CH5  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
In the menu "Modules known by the Control Module" you will find the tags of all modules  
combined with the platform or the MLT analyzer. If there are more than eight modules  
available, you can change to another menu page with the F5 key (>>>).  
Set up:  
¨ Go to the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Select the tag of the module with the 8 -key or the ® -key:  
· The display will change automatically to the menu "Analyzer Module Calibration"  
(see 4.4 p. 4-37 or 5.1.1 p. 5-13 to 5-15) of the corresponding channel.  
· Then, all menus of the module selected will be available.  
NGA 2000  
6 - 12  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
7 Display Controls  
Main Menu — Display controls  
¯
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Display Controls --  
Brightness:  
Contrast:  
74 %  
23 %  
Switch automatically to "Measure" after:  
10 Min  
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Front Panel Control --  
Maximum total number of digits:  
Digits after the decimal point:  
4
2
Measure  
Back...  
More...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
TAG  
37.50 ppm  
-- Auxiliary Lines --  
First auxiliary line:  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Second auxiliary line:  
Third auxiliary line:  
Fourth auxiliary line:  
First line source...  
Second line source...  
Third line source...  
Last line source...  
Measure  
Channel  
Back...  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
7 - 1  
In the menu "Dis play Controls " you can set up several display parameters of the front  
panel. With the F5 key (More...) you can change to the menu "Front Panel Control",  
where you can set up the number of digits for the display of the measurement values.  
These numbers do not alter the accuracy of measurement.  
From the menu "Front Panel Control" you can change via the F5 key to the menu  
"Auxiliary Lines ". There you can enable or disable each of the last four lines of the single  
component display for the current channel. To change to further available channels you  
have to press the F3 key.  
The menu "Dis play Controls "  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select any digit with the ¬ -key or the ® -key and adjust a new value with  
the -key or the ¯ -key  
resp. select the whole parameter with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Lines of variables "Brightness" and "Contrast":  
In these two lines you can determine the quality of the LCD reproduction. The best values  
depend on your position to the screen and on the light of the environment.  
¨ Options: 20 to 100% for LCD brightness and 10 to 80% for LCD contrast.  
¨ Usually: 70 to 90% (brightness) and 20 to 30% (contrast).  
¨ Caution: Be careful with the changing of these values! Perhaps you can not read the  
display any longer if you use very extreme values!  
You have only two possibilities to reset the display to factory settings:  
1) Change to the multi component display by pressing the F1 key twice.  
In the multi component display you have to press the F5 key (LCDReset).  
2) Restart your analyzer and press the F1 key (LCDReset) while the initializing is  
running.  
Line of variables "Switch automatically to 'Measure' after":  
In this line you can decide if and after which time without front panel operations the display  
shall change from the current menu to the single component display.  
Options: 10s, 30s, 1min, 5min, 10min, 30min, Never.  
NGA 2000  
7 - 2  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
7 Display Controls  
The menu "Front Panel Control"  
Set up the number of digits:  
¨ Select one of the two lines of variables with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the number with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select the digit with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
Options: Maximum total number of digits: 3, 4, 5, 6  
Digits after the decimal point:  
0, 1, 2, 3.  
¨ Confirm the new value with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last value with the F2 key.  
Example:  
¨ Measured number: 1.2345  
¨ Select 3 for total number of digits and 2 for digits after decimal point.  
¨ The screen will display: 1.23  
The menu "Auxiliary Lines "  
Set up parameters:  
¨ Select any line of variables or any menu line with the ¯ -key or the -key.  
¨ Select the variable or change to the submenu with the 8 -key or the ® -key.  
¨ Select "Enabled" or "Disabled" with the -key or the ¯ -key to enable or disable the  
corresponding auxiliary line in the single component display of the current channel.  
¨ Confirm your setup with the 8 -key or  
cancel and go back to the last one with the F2 key.  
Choose the source module for the auxiliary lines:  
Via the corresponding menu line you can change to a submenu, where you can select the  
source module for the first/second/third or fourth line of the single component display. The  
tags of all modules combined with the platform or MLT analyzer will be available:  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
7 - 3  
MLT25/CH2/R2  
95.00 ppm  
-- First Auxiliary Line Source --  
MLT25/CH2  
Measure  
<<<  
Back...  
>>>  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
¨ Select the line you want with the -key or the ¯ -key.  
If there are more than eight modules available, you can change to another menu page  
with the F5 key.  
¨ Press the 8 -key or the ® -key to enable the module selected as line source:  
The display will go back to the menu "Auxiliary Lines", automatically.  
The selection will be done.  
Note:  
To select the measurement parameter for each auxiliary line of the single component  
display, you have to change to the menu "Measurement Display Configuration" of the  
"Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration" (see section 5.1.8 p. 5-49).  
NGA 2000  
7 - 4  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Index  
Calibration 5-15...19  
A
all channels 5-18/19  
AK Communication Protocol 5-72, 5-82,5-89  
analyzer module 4-1, 5-15...19  
deviations 4-38, 5-8, 5-17  
parameters 5-5...20  
procedure setup 5-9...11  
procedure status 4-37, 5-17  
span gas 4-43, 5-15...19  
time controlled 5-12  
Alarms 4-13  
acknowledgement 5-22  
delay 5-22  
setup 5-21...24  
Analog Output(s)  
fine adjustment 5-71, 5-88  
holding 5-9/10  
setup 5-69...71, 5-85...88  
tracking 5-9/10  
zero gas 4-39, 5-15...19  
Channel 3-1/2/4  
change of 4-33/35  
with 3 alarms I/O module 1-1, 5-99 ,6-9  
Codes  
function 5-78  
security 6-7  
signal 5-38...40, 5-75...77  
Analyzer 1-1...3, 3-1  
Analyzer Channel Status 4-3, 5-16  
Analyzer Module 1-1, 3-1  
calibration 4-1, 5-15...19  
data 3-5/8  
Communication Protocol 5-72, 5-82, 5-89  
Compensation  
interference 5-31/32  
pressure 5-60  
diagnostics 6-5  
events 4-15  
I/O modules 5-67  
reset 5-65  
setup 5-3...82  
Component  
multi component display 4-35  
single component display 4-33, 5-49, 7-2  
tags 5-49/51  
Concentration  
Auto Calibration I/O Module 1-1, 5-99, 6-9  
Autoranging 5-26/29/30  
measurement parameters 5-54  
peak measurement 5-55  
span gas 5-6  
Auto-Start Procedures 4-32, 5-13  
Auxiliary Lines 7-1...4  
zero gas 5-20  
Configuration  
DIO module inputs 5-94  
hardware 3-8  
Averaging Time 5-80  
loading and saving 5-4, 5-64  
measurement display 5-49  
relay outputs 5-73, 5-90  
system 6-1  
B
Basic Controls 4-1  
Binding  
Confirmation Menus Display 5-49  
Constants 5-47  
network module 6-9  
Brightness (LCD) 7-1/2  
Contrast (LCD) 7-1/2  
Control Module 1-1  
data 3-5/8  
C
Calculator 5-45...48  
diagnostics 6-4  
program 5-47  
Conversion factor  
"ppm ® mg/Nm3" 5-6, 5-54  
Cross Interference Compensation 5-31/32  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Index - 1  
D
G
Date and Time 6-6  
Delay Time 5-80  
Deviations 4-38, 5-8, 5-17  
Gas flow 5-50, 5-59  
H
Hardware Configuration 3-8  
Diagnostic(s)  
analyzer module 6-5  
control module 6-4  
menus 6-3  
Hours of Operation 4-3, 5-52  
I
Differential Measurement 5-57/58  
Initialize Network 6-11  
DIO Module 1-1, 5-74, 5-93  
function codes 5-78, 5-95  
inputs 5-74, 5-94  
Initializing 3-1  
Input Number (DIO) 5-74, 5-94  
Inputs and Outputs 5-67...78, 5-83...98  
Interference Compensation 5-31/32  
outputs 5-74, 5-96  
Display 3-1/2/4  
confirmation menus 5-49  
controls 7-1/2  
measurement display config. 5-49  
multi component 4-35  
resolution 5-49/50, 7-1...3  
single component 3-1/2, 4-33, 5-49, 7-2  
I/O Module 1-1  
controls 5-83...98  
DIO 5-74, 5-93  
micro processor controlled 5-99, 6-9  
setup 5-99  
SIO 5-68, 5-84  
with three alarms 1-1, 5-99, 6-9  
E
Events 4-15, 5-52  
K
Keyboard 3-2  
F
Failures 4-5, 4-19, 5-52  
L
Flow  
LCD 7-1...3  
gas 5-50, 5-59  
measurement 5-62  
sample gas 4-55  
span gas 4-51  
test gas 4-59  
unit 5-62  
Linearization 5-33...36  
Lines 3-3  
Load/Save Analyzer Module Config. 5-64  
Local DIO 1-1, 5-67, 5-74  
Local SIO 1-1, 5-67...73  
Lower Explosion Limit (LEL) 5-54  
zero gas 4-47  
Front Panel 1-1  
control 7-1...3  
Function 3-2  
codes 5-78  
controls 4-11, 4-27, 5-52  
line 3-3  
softkey 3-3  
starting 3-6  
NGA 2000  
Index - 2  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Index  
M
P
Main Menu 3-7  
Peak Measurement 5-55/56  
Maintenance Requests 4-7, 4-23, 5-52  
Manual Pressure 5-60/61  
Manufacturing Data 3-5/7/8  
Measure 3-4  
Platform 1-1...3  
"ppm ® mg/Nm3"  
conversion factor 5-6, 5-54  
Pressure 5-60  
Procedures, Auto-start 4-32, 5-13  
Programmable Calculator 5-45...48  
Measurement(s) 4-13  
differential 5-57  
peak 5-55/56  
Programmable  
Menu  
Logic Control (PLC) 5-37...43  
line 3-3  
Protocol 5-72, 5-82, 5-89  
AK-communication  
main 3-7  
softkey 3-3  
structure 2-1  
modbus RTU communication  
Purge Time 5-9  
Mini Bargraph 5-49/50  
Modbus RTU Comm. Protocol 5-72, 5-89  
R
Module(s)  
analyzer module 1-1...3  
binding 6-9  
control module 1-1...3  
identification tag 5-51  
manufacturing data 3-5/7/8  
system 6-12  
Range(s) 5-25...30  
autoranging 5-26, 5-29/30  
begin of 5-27  
control 5-25/26  
end of 5-27  
number 5-25/26  
parameters 5-25...30  
span 5-11  
Multi component display 4-35  
tag 5-51  
N
Reference Pressure 5-60  
Network, initialize 6-11  
Relay Output  
Network Module Binding 6-9  
auxiliary SIO 5-90...92  
local SIO 5-73  
O
Remote Control 5-82  
Operational Settings 4-31  
Reset  
Output Number  
DIO 5-74, 5-96  
SIO 5-69, 5-90  
analyzer module 5-65  
system 6-11  
Response Time 5-28  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
Index - 3  
System  
modules 6-12  
S
Sample Gas  
reset 6-4, 6-11  
tag 6-1  
flow 4-55  
pressure 5-81  
unit 5-54  
T
Save/Load Analyzer Module Config. 5-64  
Tag  
channel 3-2  
Security Codes 6-7  
Sensor Value 5-60  
range 5-49/51  
system 6-1  
Serial Interface  
load/send configuration 5-64  
setup 5-72, 5-89  
Temperature 5-63  
Test Gas 4-59, 5-15/16  
Time and Date 6-6  
Time Controlled Calibration 5-12  
Tolerances 5-7  
Signal  
codes 5-38...40, 5-75...77  
on mini-bargraph 5-49/50  
Single Component Display 3-1, 4-33, 5-49  
auxiliary lines 7-1...4  
T90-Time 5-28  
SIO Module 1-1...3, 5-68, 5-84  
analog output 5-69, 5-85  
auxiliary 5-84  
U
Units  
local 5-68  
relay output 5-73  
serial interface 5-72, 5-89  
calculator results 5-47  
flow 5-62  
pressure 5-60/61  
sample gas 5-54  
span gas 5-6  
temperature 5-63  
Softkey 3-3  
Span Gas  
calibration 4-43, 5-15...19  
concentration 5-6  
definition 5-6  
Upper Explosion Limit (UEL) 5-54  
flow 4-51  
"ppm ® mg/Nm3" conversion factor 5-6  
pressure 5-81  
V
ranges 5-11  
unit 5-6  
Valve(s)  
close all 4-63  
position 5-12  
Stability Time 5-9/10  
Variables, line of 3-3  
Stability Tolerances 5-7  
Starting and Initializing 3-1  
Z
Status 3-4  
analyzer channel 4-3, 5-16  
calibration procedure 4-37, 5-17  
details 4-5...30  
Zero Gas  
calibration 4-39, 5-15...19  
concentration for all ranges 5-20  
flow 4-47  
Switch Level Hysteresis 5-30  
System Auto Calibration  
I/O Module 1-1, 5-99, 6-9  
NGA 2000  
Index - 4  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
NGA-2000  
Software Manual  
Supplement: System Calibration  
NGA-Software Version 3.2.X  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 1  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
Table of Contents  
1 Introduction _____________________________________________________________________2  
2 Valves for system calibration________________________________________________________4  
2.1 Assigning an output-port to a system valve ________________________________________________ 4  
3 Operating System Calibration _______________________________________________________6  
3.1 Set-up analyzer modules _______________________________________________________________ 7  
3.2 Programming Calibration Sequences_____________________________________________________ 9  
3.3 Set-up general parameters_____________________________________________________________ 11  
3.4 Controlling System Calibration_________________________________________________________ 13  
3.4.1 Control via menu system______________________________________________________________________14  
3.4.2 Control System Calibration by LON-Variables ____________________________________________________17  
3.4.3 Control System Calibration by Programmable Input ________________________________________________18  
3.4.4 Control System Calibration by AK-protocol command ______________________________________________20  
3.4.5 Time controlled System Calibration _____________________________________________________________21  
3.5 Calibrate single Analyzers _____________________________________________________________ 23  
4 Functionality ___________________________________________________________________24  
4.1 Gas flow ____________________________________________________________________________ 24  
4.2 Running system calibration ____________________________________________________________ 25  
4.2.1 Filling sequence buffer _______________________________________________________________________26  
4.2.2 Before starting actions _______________________________________________________________________28  
4.2.3 Control of actions ___________________________________________________________________________28  
4.2.3.1 Switch valves ___________________________________________________________________________28  
4.2.3.2 Wait for Purging ________________________________________________________________________28  
4.2.3.3 Zero Calibration_________________________________________________________________________29  
4.2.3.4 Span Calibration ________________________________________________________________________29  
4.2.3.5 Wait for Finishing Calibration ______________________________________________________________30  
4.2.4 Finishing System Calibration __________________________________________________________________30  
4.3 Running Single Analyzer Calibration____________________________________________________ 31  
4.4 Holding analog outputs of the SIO and avoid limit violation alarms __________________________ 32  
Supplement - 2  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
1 Introduction  
In opposite to the possibility to zero and span each analyzer module (MLT channel)  
individually and independently from the others, System-Calibration (SYSCAL) allows to  
combine the calibration procedures of all into a common process.  
This is been achieved with a special assignment of the valves. The idea is not longer to  
require for each gas of each analyzer an own valve.  
Instead of we have a pool of valves. The valves of this pool can be assigned to the different  
gases of the analyzers. That also means different analyzers can share the same valve for  
their gases, e. g. for span gas mixtures or a common zero gas valve for several channels. So  
we have the possibility to reduce the number of valves and also the consumption of  
calibration gases.  
The program, which will allow this, runs on the CM (Control Module) and needs  
programmable I/O’s (Input/ Output Modules SIO or DIO).  
SIO: Standard I/O Module  
DIO: Digital I/O Module  
SIO and DIO can be located in a platform, an MLT or a TFID analyzer.  
The displayed menus are also inscripted with the appropriate LON-Variables.  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 3  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
2 Valves for system calibration  
Before using the system calibration we have to put together the required valve pool. There  
are in principle three types of I/O modules supporting this:  
· DIO  
- 24 digital outputs / 8 digital inputs (max. 4 DIO modules per platform or 2 per  
MLT/TFID analyzer)  
· SIO  
· [CVU -  
- 3 digital outputs (max. 1 SIO module per CM)  
- 4 digital outputs (max. 4 modules per CM)]  
Software supports up to 32 system valves. SIO and DIO are available, the control valve unit  
(CVU) is in progress.  
2.1 Assigning an output port to a system valve  
Assigning of an output can be accomplished by using the menus for selected output module  
(DIO, SIO or CVU).  
There we have to select the NGA Control Module as the Source Module. Control module  
then provides the signals for system valve V1...V32.  
For example the DIO:  
Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration...  
¯
¯
DIO module(s)...  
- DIO-MODULE OUTPUTS-  
Inputs...  
DIOOUTNUMC  
Choose module...  
Choose signal...  
DIOOUTINVC  
Module status:  
Slot ID:  
NORMAL  
1
DIOMODSTAC  
DIOSLOTIDC  
DIOOUTSIGC  
DIOOUTSTATC  
DIOOUTSRCC  
Signal level:  
Signal comes from:  
OFF  
NGA Control Module  
There we have to  
· select "Outputnumber"  
· then choose „NGA Control Module“ as module  
·
Supplement - 4  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
It is also possible to configure the DIO-outputs via LON-Variables (i.e. SLTA-adapter or AK-  
protocol).  
Therefore is the LON-variable "DIOOUT_ENTRYSIG" which corresponds to DIOOUTSIGC  
and evaluates enum-values of ST1NAME (enum-values 0..19), ST2NAME (enum-values  
20..39) or ST3NAME (enum-values 40..59).  
For digital output we have to setup variables in following order.  
1. DIOSLOTIDC  
2. DIOOUTNUMC  
3. DIOOUTSRCC  
4. DIOOUT_ENTRYSIG SYS: VALVE-1  
= 20 (enum-value in ST2NAME)  
= 21  
SYS: VALVE-2  
.
.
.
.
.
.
SYS:VALVE-32  
= 51 (enum-value in ST3NAME)  
For each needed system valve we have to repeat these appropriate selections.  
It is also possible to distribute the system valves onto different output modules.  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 5  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3 Operating System Calibration  
Because there are many possibilities how to use SYSCAL it must be configured through the  
Expert Operator. There we can find the menu „System Calibration“ from were we can do the  
required setups and start routines.  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
¯
System calibration...  
¯
System Calibration  
Calibration/Test procedures...  
Calibration Sequence Programming...  
Times for interval operation...  
Set-up analyzer modules...  
Meaning of displayed menu points:  
·
Calibration/Test procedures...: starting and stopping of system calibration and test  
procedures  
·
·
Calibr. Sequ. Programming...:  
programming of user defined calibration sequences  
Times for interval operation...: setting up of automatically started system  
calibrations  
·
Set-up analyzer modules...:  
include and setup different analyzer modules into  
system calibration  
Supplement - 6  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 06/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.1 Set-up analyzer modules  
Before we can run any system calibration features we have to include the different analyzer  
modules (AM’s) into system calibration by setup needed parameters. Only after correct  
setting up, an AM is included into system calibration and only then it makes sense to go into  
the other menus.  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
¯
System calibration...  
¯
Set-up analyzer modules...  
¯
Analyzer Set up  
Choose analyzer module....  
Gas type:  
Assigned to system valve:  
Purge time:  
SPANGAS-1  
SCAMGAS  
SCVALVE  
SCPURGE  
V5  
20 s  
Note: Ranges are always calibrated separately !  
_______________________________________________  
Analyzer module:  
Module enabled for system-cal:  
MLT/CH2  
NO  
SCMODULE  
SCCONTROL  
View...  
Setting up an AM for system calibration means assigning valves from system valve pool.  
The Control Module provides support of up to 32 system-valves V1....V32. We have to  
decide which valves deliver which gases for an analyzer module. Also we have to know the  
purge time from a valve to the AM/ MLT channel.  
For each of the following types in the parameter „Gas type“ we have to assign a valve and  
the appropriate purge time :  
·
·
·
·
·
·
SAMPLE-GAS  
ZERO-GAS  
SPANGAS-1(span gas for range 1)  
SPANGAS-2(span gas for range 2)  
SPANGAS-3(span gas for range 3)  
SPANGAS-4(span gas for range 4)  
Conditions for the valve assignment:  
·
Once a valve has been assigned to be a sample gas valve for any AM it must not  
be used for zero or span gases !  
·
·
·
The zero valve of an AM can not be a span valve of the same AM.  
All gas types have to be assigned to a system-valve.  
TFID has internal valves to be assigned separately as system valves!  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 7  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
Example for an NGA analyzer system:  
V1  
V2  
V3  
AM1 (MLT ch.1)  
AM4  
AM2 (MLT ch.2)  
AM3 (MLT ch.3)  
AM5  
V 4  
V 5  
V 6  
Calibration gas mixtures  
Appropriate assignment:  
AM1/Ch.1  
AM2/Ch.2  
AM3/Ch.3  
AM4  
AM5  
V3  
V6  
V5  
V5  
V4  
V4  
SAMPLE-GAS  
ZERO-GAS  
V1  
V4  
V5  
V5  
V6  
V6  
V1  
V4  
V5  
V5  
V5  
V5  
V1  
V5  
V4  
V4  
V4  
V4  
V2  
V5  
V6  
V6  
V4  
V4  
SPANGAS-1  
SPANGAS-2  
SPANGAS-3  
SPANGAS-4  
Attention: Take in mind that any MLT channel is regarded as AM in this case!  
Take care that for TFID separate valves are chosen which are not related  
to other AM’s or MLT channels (internal TFID valves only)!  
This assigning procedure is to perform for all analyzer modules which should be included in  
system calibration.  
To display the assigned valves and purge times for each AM we can push the softkey „View“.  
If we want to exclude an AM from SYSCAL we can do this by entering an invalid valve.  
We can watch in the display whether an AM/channel is enabled for system calibration.  
Attention: Remember to assign a system valve to an output-port!  
Supplement - 8  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.2 Programming Calibration Sequences  
Beside the standard programs „zero calibration“ and „zero/span calibration“ it is possible to  
run the system calibration in an user definable order of up to 40 steps.  
The menu to set-up this feature looks as follows.  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
¯
System calibration...  
¯
Calibration sequence programming...  
¯
-- Calibration Sequence Programming --  
Step #:  
1
SCSTEP  
SCCALTYPE1  
Calibration procedure type:  
Choose specific analyzer module...  
Select all analyzer modules!  
Program steps 1-10...  
Program steps 11-20...  
Program steps 21-30...  
Program steps 31-40...  
ZERO-CAL  
_______________________________________________  
Analyzer-module:  
MLT/CH3  
SCSTEPMOD  
For programming the sequence you must  
1. select „Step #“  
2. select „Calibration procedure type“  
3. select analyzer module/ MLT channel  
Repeat this order for all program steps.  
The programmable „Calibration procedure types“ are:  
1. NoOp  
2. Zero-Cal  
no operation (for deleting a step in an existing program)  
do a zero calibration  
3. Span-Cal  
do a span calibration for all available ranges  
do a zero cal then a span cal for all available ranges  
do a span calibration only for range #1  
do a span calibration only for range #2  
do a span calibration only for range #3  
do a span calibration only for range #4  
end of sequence  
4. Zero/Span-Cal  
5. Span1-Cal  
6. Span2-Cal  
7. Span3-Cal  
8. Span4-Cal  
9. END-OF-PGRM  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 9  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
For each step we have the choice to select a specific AM or to activate the step for all  
enabled AMs.  
After the program is input, the appropriate menu can give an overview of the current  
program:  
-- Calibration Sequence Program --  
Step #1:  
Step #2:  
Step #3:  
Step #4:  
Step #5:  
Step #6:  
Step #7:  
Step #8:  
Step #9:  
Step #10:  
Zero-Cal:ALL  
Span-Cal: FID  
Span-Cal: CLD  
Span1-Cal:MLT/CH1  
Span2-Cal:MLT/CH1  
Span3-Cal:MLT/CH1  
Span4-Cal:MLT/CH1  
Span3-Cal:MLT/CH2  
END-OF-PROGRAM  
END-OF-PROGRAM  
Supplement - 10  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.3 Set-up general parameters  
One general parameter is "Calibration Procedures in Test-Mode". It is located in the menu  
"Calibration/Test procedures".  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
¯
System calibration...  
¯
Calibration/Test procedures...  
¯
-- Calibration/Test Procedures --  
Start Zeroing all ranges!  
Start Zeroing and Spanning all ranges !  
Start calibration program !  
Cancel calibration!  
Calibration Procedures in Test-Mode:  
Test Procedures...  
No  
SCTESTMOD  
Calibration type:  
Program step:  
Calibration time:  
Previous calibration time:  
ZERO-CAL  
SCCALTYPE2  
SCPROGSTEP  
SCCALTIME1  
SCCALTIME2  
1
16 s  
57 s  
Result...  
With this parameter we can run all the calibration procedures either in the defined mode  
or in a test mode (set test mode to „Yes“). The test mode means that the valve switching  
and waiting for purge times is done in the same manner like in the normal calibration  
procedure.  
The only difference is that the single calibrations of the modules and the appropriate times  
the modules would need for the calibration are not done.  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 11  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
A further general parameter is "Timeout for Gastest". It is located in the menu "Test  
procedures".  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
¯
System calibration...  
¯
Calibration/Test Procedures...  
¯
Test procedures...  
¯
-- Test Procedures --  
Gastest of specific module  
Timeout for Gastest (0 = no timeout)  
Choose specific analyzer module...  
SAMPLE-Gas  
180 s  
SCTESTGAS  
SCTIMEOUT  
_______________________________________________  
Procedure time:  
Analyzer-module:  
10 s  
TFID  
SCCALTIME1  
SCSTEPMOD  
This parameter is related to the possibility to activate a gas valve of a specific module for test  
purposes. Here we can determine a time after which an activated gastest automatically  
switches back onto SAMPLE-Gas.  
Is this parameter set to "0" no automatic back switching is done.  
Supplement - 12  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.4 Controlling System Calibration  
After setting-up there is the possibility to start 3 different modes:  
system zero-calibration:  
In this mode a zero-cal of all modules, which are enabled  
for SYSCAL, will be performed. The order of modules  
depends on purge time for zero-valves because the whole  
calibration is time optimized.  
system zero/span-calibration:  
In this mode will be performed a zero-cal and a span-cal  
for every enabled AM. The order of calibration is  
optimized to have a minimum of calibration time. The only  
condition is to have for each AM first the zero-cal and after  
this the span-cal. With zero-cal an AM is zeroed with all  
ranges together, the span-cal is done separately for all  
available ranges. A range is available if its span-gas value  
is > 0.0.  
user defined sequence program: In this mode the user is responsible for the optimization.  
See setup of this mode.  
gas test:  
It is also possible to switch for test purposes onto a  
special gas of a specific module. A calibration is not  
done.  
Any mode can be started by the following instances:  
· Manually by operator interaction  
· Triggered by programmable input (DIO)  
· AK-protocol command  
· Programmed time-automatic (no gas test possible!)  
· LON-Variable CMFUNC  
It is also possible to cancel a running system calibration. This can be done by the following  
instances:  
· Manually by operator interaction  
· Triggered by programmable input (DIO)  
· AK-protocol command  
· LON-Variable CMFUNC  
There is no priority by which way SYSCAL can be started. If SYSCAL was started it cannot  
be restarted by a further instance. Only after canceling it can be restarted.  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 13  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.4.1 Control via menu system  
The possibility to control via menu is located in the menu page „Calibration/Test procedures“.  
There can be started and stopped any kind of system calibration respectively test procedure.  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
¯
System Calibration...  
¯
Calibration/Test procedures...  
¯
Calibration/Test Procedures  
Start Zeroing all ranges!  
Start Zeroing and Spanning all ranges !  
Start calibration program !  
Cancel calibration!  
Calibration Procedures in Test-Mode:  
Test Procedures...  
No  
SCTESTMOD  
Calibration type:  
Program step:  
Calibration time:  
Previous calibration time:  
ZERO-CAL  
SCCALTYPE2  
SCPROGSTEP  
SCCALTIME1  
SCCALTIME2  
1
16 s  
57 s  
Result...  
During a running SYSCAL there can be watched current information:  
· running calibration type  
· running program step of user defined program (other modes than user program show a  
„0“!)  
· consumed calibration time  
· calibration time of last valid SYSCAL  
Supplement - 14  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
The result of calibration for included AMs is displayed in an own menu page. This can be  
achieved by softkey „Result...“ from different menu pages of SYSCAL.  
- Calibration Results -  
Choose analyzer module...  
Analyzer-module:  
Enabled for system-cal:  
SCMODULE  
SCCONTROL  
CLD  
No  
_______________________________________________  
SCLRESULT  
SCVALIDITY  
SCRESULT1  
SCRESULT2  
Result of last run:  
OK  
1+2+4  
NO  
Successfully calibrated ranges:  
Zero-Cal fail of any analyzer module:  
Span-Cal fail of any analyzer module:  
YES  
Remember to run the calibration procedures as a test without actually to calibrate assert  
parameter "Calibration Procedures in Test-Mode" to <Yes>.  
It is also possible to switch for test purposes onto a special gas of a specific module. This  
possibility is located in menu "Test procedures".  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
¯
System Calibration...  
¯
Calibration/Test Procedures...  
¯
Test procedures...  
¯
-- Test Procedures --  
Gastest of specific module  
Timeout for Gastest (0 = no timeout)  
Choose specific analyzer module...  
SAMPLE-Gas  
180 s  
SCTESTGAS  
SCTIMEOUT  
_______________________________________________  
Procedure time:  
Analyzer-module:  
10 s  
MLT/CH3  
SCCALTIME1  
SCSTEPMOD  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 15  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
Here we first choose the specific analyzer module and then we select at the parameter  
"Gastest of specific module" the required gas.  
Each of the following types is possible:  
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
SAMPLE-Gas (test mode deactivated)  
Zero-Gas  
All valves closed  
SpanGas-1 (span gas for range 1)  
SpanGas-2 (span gas for range 2)  
SpanGas-3 (span gas for range 3)  
SpanGas-4 (span gas for range 4)  
With parameter "Timeout for Gastest" we can determine a time after which the activated  
gastest switches automatically back onto SAMPLE-Gas.  
Is this parameter set to "0" the automatic back switching is not done automatically and user  
must break this mode with a "Cancel Calibration" Command.  
Supplement - 16  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.4.2 Control System Calibration by LON-Variables  
SYSCAL can also be controlled by LON-Variable CMFUNC. Setting this variable will cause  
the appropriate function (see following table).  
CMFUNC  
function which is started  
system zero-calibration  
system zero/span-calibration  
user defined sequence program  
cancel a running system calibration  
1
2
3
4
We can also realize some other functionality with setting of LON-Variables.  
Herefore see the appropriate menu pages, where the concerned variables are  
documentated.  
For example: "Test procedures".  
--Test Procedures --  
Gastest of specific module  
Timeout for Gastest (0 = no timeout)  
Choose specific analyzer module...  
SAMPLE-Gas  
180 s  
SCTESTGAS  
SCTIMEOUT  
_______________________________________________  
Procedure time:  
Analyzer-module:  
10 s  
MLT/CH3  
SCCALTIME1  
SCSTEPMOD  
Here we have first to set variable SCSTEPMOD similar to the TAG of the requested analyzer  
module. Setting SCTIMEOUT will set the timeout.  
And setting variable SCTESTGAS to the appropriate enum-value will start the procedure.  
Table of enum-values and procedures:  
SCTESTGAS- ????  
function  
Zero-Gas  
SAMPLE-  
Gas  
SpanGas-1 SpanGas-2 SpanGas-3 SpanGas-4  
enum-value  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 17  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.4.3 Control System Calibration by Programmable Inputs  
We can use the possibility to control SYSCAL by triggering with programmable inputs. This  
feature is supported by inputs of the DIO-Module.  
Assigning of an programmable input can be accomplished by using the menus for DIO  
module.  
Analyzer and I/O-module expert configuration...  
¯
I/O module controls...  
¯
DIO module(s)...  
¯
Inputs...  
¯
-- DIO- Module Inputs --  
Inputnumber:  
5
DIOINPNUMC  
Choose module...  
Choose function...  
_______________________________________________  
Slot ID:  
1
SYS:Cancel-Cal  
OFF  
DIOSLOTIDC  
DIOINPSIGC  
DIOINPSTATC  
DIOINPSRCC  
Signal name:  
Signal level:  
Signal comes from:  
Control Module  
There we have to select  
1. wanted input number  
2. the appropriate module as Source Module (see following table)  
3. the wanted function for system calibration  
The provided functions for system calibration are:  
function  
source  
function  
function  
enum-value  
module (positive edge)  
(negative edge)  
in STINAME  
SYS:Zero-Cal  
SYS:Zero/Span-Cal  
SYS:Program-Cal  
CM  
CM  
CM  
start system zero-calibration  
-
-
-
6
7
8
start system zero/span-calibration  
start user defined sequence program  
calibration  
SYS:Cancel-Cal  
CM  
stop a running procedure and disable enable starting  
9
any start commands  
commands  
SYS:CAL-Test-Mode  
SYS:AM-Zero-Gas  
SYS:AM-Span-Gas1  
SYS:AM-Span-Gas2  
SYS:AM-Span-Gas3  
SYS:AM-Span-Gas4  
CM  
AM  
AM  
AM  
AM  
AM  
switches into test mode  
switches zerogas-valve  
switches spangas-valve for range 1  
switches spangas-valve for range 2  
switches spangas-valve for range 3  
switches spangas-valve for range 4  
switches off test mode  
10  
stop a running procedure 11  
stop a running procedure 12  
stop a running procedure 13  
stop a running procedure 14  
stop a running procedure 15  
Please take notice that all actions are edge-triggered. Therefore take care of functionality of  
positive as well as negative edge.  
Supplement - 18  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
It is also possible to configure the DIO-inputs only per LON-Variables (i.e. SLTA-adapter or  
AK-protocol). Therefore is the LON-variable "DIOINP_ENTRYSIG" which corresponds to  
DIOINPSIGC and evaluates enum-values of STINAME.  
For each digital input we have to setup variables in following order.  
1. DIOSLOTIDC  
2. DIOINPNUMC  
3. DIOINPSRCC  
4. DIOINP_ENTRYSIG (see enum-value in STINAME)  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 19  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.4.4 Control System Calibration by AK-protocol command  
We can start and stop SYSCAL over serial interface by AK-protocol commands. Therefore  
the commands SCAL, STBY and ASTZ has to be used.  
Start-Command: SCAL Kx m (n)  
m
Kx  
n
(type of SYSCAL)  
(channel (optional parameter)  
number)  
0 = ZERO-CAL  
K0  
n = 1: switch into test mode  
1 = ZERO/SPAN-CAL K0  
2 = PROGRAM K0  
else: switch into normal mode  
3 = TEST ZERO-GAS K1...999 timeout in sec  
4 = TEST SPAN-GAS1 K1...999 timeout in sec  
5 = TEST SPAN-GAS2 K1...999 timeout in sec  
6 = TEST SPAN-GAS3 K1...999 timeout in sec  
7 = TEST SPAN-GAS4 K1...999 timeout in sec  
If optional parameter n is not in command string the appropriate variable  
is not changed.  
Starting condition: All attached AMs are in the Standby-Mode (AK STBY) and the variable  
CALSTAT is 0, otherwise the response is BUSY (BS).  
Stop-Command:  
STBY K0  
Only using K0 will stop running SYSCAL-procedure  
(besides all the procedures of the other AMs).  
Check-Command: ASTZ K0  
The ASTZ K0 command gives the information if a SYSCAL-procedure is  
running or not.  
If running it returns a „SCAL“ if not this string is missed.  
Supplement - 20  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.4.5 Time controlled System Calibration  
To activate a time controlled system calibration we have to set-up this in an own menu page.  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
¯
System Calibration...  
¯
Times for interval operation...  
¯
-- Times for Interval Operation --  
SCSTZERO  
SCBGNZERO  
SCIVZERO  
Zero-Cal is:  
Start of interval time:  
Interval time:  
DISABLED  
2 h  
24 h  
SCSTZEROSPAN  
SCBGNZEROSPA  
SCIVZEROSPAN  
SCSTPRGM  
SCBGNPRGM  
SCIVPRGM  
Zero/Span-Cal is:  
Start of interval time:  
Interval time:  
Program-Cal is:  
Start of interval time:  
Interval time:  
ENABLED  
10 h  
168 h  
DISABLED  
16 h  
168 h  
Next calibration events...  
For the 3 different SYSCAL-modes there is the possibility to  
· enable/disable the activation  
· determine start of time calculations (start time of current day)  
· determine in which time intervals after start time the activation is done  
Attention:  
Other than in some AM-functionalities the interval time is to be input as interval hours. For  
example, for a weekly calibration you have to calculate 24 h * 7 = 168 h.  
The logic for the time calculations is as follows.  
The basic is the respectively parameter „Start of interval time“ (SIV-time). By changing this  
SIV-time or changing the „interval time“ (IV-time) the basic is new calculated as date of  
current day and time of the SIV-Time (only entire hours possible). This basic stays valid (also  
after a program reset!) until new values for SIV-time or IV-time are entered.  
Basic-time = SIV-Time of current day  
The next start of SYSCAL (ACT-time) happens at  
ACT-time = Basic-time + n x IV-time  
(n = 0,1,2,3,...)  
Is the basic time-time before present point of date/time then there are added further IV-times  
until it is later.  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 21  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
For example:  
· Starting time for zero calibration: daily at 2:00 o´clock.  
· Starting time for zero/span calibration: weekly at 10:00 o´clock.  
· Starting time for program calibration: weekly at 16.00 o´clock  
· Entry in menu page „times for interval operation“ are at 4/13/99 at 8.00 o´clock  
· First possible calibration: 4/14/99 at 2 o´clock (then all 24 hours automatically)  
We can display the calculated ACT-times in menu page „next calibration events“...  
But these times will only appear when the appropriate time controlled calibration type is  
enabled.  
System configuration and diagnostics...  
¯
System Calibration...  
¯
Times for interval operation...  
¯
Next calibration events...  
¯
Next Calibration Events  
Zero-Cal:  
2:00 14 Apr 1999 Menu1Line  
10:00 13 Apr 1999 Menu2Line  
16:00 14 Apr 1999 Menu3Line  
Zero/Span-Cal:  
Program-Cal:  
Supplement - 22  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
3.5 Calibrate single Analyzers/ Analyzer Modules/ MLT Channels  
Each specific analyzer has still the possibility to start a calibration over other instances than  
SYSCAL. For this functionality we now have some additional considerations.  
· Do not start a calibration of a single AM or MLT channel during a running SYSCAL.  
This will confuse the valve switching and the calibration commands of SYSCAL. Therefore  
look also for all automatic start instances of an analyzer.  
· A single calibration cannot use the purge times of system valve settings. Instead of we  
have to setup the AMs own parameters in the manner to wait for the required purge time  
after a valve switching.  
· It is refused to start single calibration of a second AM if the needed calibration gas valve is  
also any calibration gas valve of the first started AM.  
These considerations are valid for all AMs which are included into SYSCAL.  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 23  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
4
Functionality  
4.1 Gas flow  
The gas flow through the analyzers can be configured in any way:  
1. only serial  
2. only parallel  
3. serial and parallel mixed  
Sample 1  
Sample 2  
Sample 3  
V1  
V2  
V3  
AM1  
AM4  
AM5  
AM2  
AM3  
V 4  
V 5  
V 6  
Calibration gas mixtures  
Connections for program logic and flow configurations:  
· To each AM (channel) must be assigned a sample gas valve.  
· During a calibration of an AM the assigned sample gas valve will be closed and returns to  
the OPEN-state after the calibration of the AM is done.  
· The calibration gases can only flow into an AM if sample gas valve is closed.  
· With a opened sample gas valve it is expected to actually flow sample gas.  
The state of assigned sample gas valve also decides about some AM specific states!  
Supplement - 24  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
4.2 Running system calibration  
The system calibration is running in an own Task. This task is only allowed to run once. Any  
try to restart this task is refused.  
The main steps SYSCAL-Task has to do are realized in the following way.  
1. Fill all actions to do into a sequence buffer.  
2. Make some preparations before starting the actions  
3. Work through the sequence buffer  
4. Restore states and make some other finishing work  
The contents of the sequence buffer depends on the type of SYSCAL (ZERO_ALL,  
ZEROSPAN_ALL or USER_PROG). With the start command this type is delivered.  
It is allowed to cancel the SYSCAL-task. This is realized by setting a parameter to a defined  
value. This parameter is watched during step 3("working through the sequence buffer").  
If a cancel is caused the task cancels its current action in step 3, works through step 4 and  
ends.  
Cancelling the SYSCAL-task per digital input will also disable any further starting action as  
long as the digital input will stay at „cancel-state“.  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 25  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
4.2.1 Filling sequence buffer  
The contents of the sequence buffer depends on  
· calibration types and belonging module type  
· coherence of modules and system valves  
An evaluation procedure has the choice of listed action types.  
Calibration types  
NOP  
ZERO-CAL  
module type  
ALL-AMs  
single AM  
action types  
USER-STEP  
SWITCH_VALVE  
PURGEWAIT  
ZERO  
action data  
Nr  
mask  
time  
SPAN-CAL  
Evaluation-  
procedure  
ZERO/SPAN-CAL  
SPAN1-CAL  
SPAN2-CAL  
SPAN3-CAL  
SPAN4-CAL  
END-OF-PGRM  
AM  
SPAN  
CALWAIT  
AM  
AM  
range  
One calibration type has following sequence frame:  
1. SWITCH_VALVE  
2. do different PURGEWAIT, ZERO, or SPAN which are possible with this valve adjustment  
(order is determined by shortest purge time)  
3. do different CALWAIT (wait for finishing a started calibration)  
The evaluation procedure optimizes the order of actions by time.  
The only condition is in case of ZERO/SPAN-CAL, where an AM has to do first its "ZERO"  
before any of its "SPAN"s can be done.  
The PURGEWAIT-delay-measurement is started with the last SWITCH_VALVE-action.  
We can see, that the SYSCAL-types "ZERO_ALL" and "ZEROSPAN_ALL" are special cases  
of a user program.  
· ZERO_ALL:  
· ZEROSPAN_ALL:  
ZERO-CAL of ALL-AMs  
ZERO/SPAN-CAL of ALL-AMs  
Supplement - 26  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
Example of a filled sequence buffer  
Assignment of modules, system-valves and purge-times:  
AM1  
AM2  
AM3  
SAMPLE-GAS  
ZERO-GAS  
SPANGAS-1  
SPANGAS-2  
SPANGAS-3  
SPANGAS-4  
V1 / 5 sec  
V4 / 10 sec  
V5 / 10 sec  
V5 / 10 sec  
V6 / 10 sec  
V6 / 10 sec  
V1 / 5 sec  
V4 / 10 sec  
V5 / 10 sec  
V5 / 10 sec  
V5 / 10 sec  
V5 / 10 sec  
V2 / 4sec  
V5 / 12 sec  
V6 / 12 sec  
V6 / 12 sec  
V4 / 14 sec  
V4 / 14 sec  
To do is following user program:  
1.  
2.  
3.  
ZERO-CAL  
SPAN4-CAL  
END-OF-PGRM  
ALL-modules  
AM2  
Belonging sequence buffer:  
action type  
USER_STEP  
SWITCH_VALVE  
PURGEWAIT  
ZERO  
action data[0]  
1
0006 hex (V4, V2)  
10  
action data[1]  
AM1  
PURGEWAIT  
ZERO  
10  
AM2  
CALWAIT  
AM1  
CALWAIT  
AM2  
SWITCH_VALVE  
PURGEWAIT  
ZERO  
0011 hex (V5,V1)  
12  
AM3  
CALWAIT  
AM3  
USER_STEP  
SWITCH_VALVE  
PURGEWAIT  
SPAN  
2
0012 hex (V5, V2)  
10  
AM2  
AM2  
4
CALWAIT  
END-OF-PGRM  
The size of sequence buffer is currently 320.  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 27  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
4.2.2 Before starting actions  
Before any action of sequence buffer is done there are some preparations to do:  
· store previous calibration time for the case of cancelling  
· previous calibration time is now the actual one  
· actual calibration time is reset  
· cancel any running calibration of an AM  
4.2.3 Control of actions  
4.2.3.1 Switch valves  
The SWITCH_VALVE action just takes the action data[0] (valve mask) for the new setting of  
system valves.  
We have just to modify LON-variable STCONT3, STCONT4 and partially STCONT5 , which  
are linked to system valves.  
This action also resets time (takes system tick) for delay measurement of purge times.  
4.2.3.2 Wait for Purging  
The PURGEWAIT-action looks for the present time went over since last SWITCH_VALVE-  
action.  
For the still required difference up to the needed purge time is now waited. It gives time to  
other tasks. If there is no additional time to wait it is continued directly with next action.  
Supplement - 28  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
4.2.3.3 Zero Calibration  
Before starting of zero calibration there are some parameters (LON-variables) to modify.  
After ending system calibration these modified variables are restored to their previous value.  
· CONTROL:  
This variable determines which instance is controlling range of an  
AM. The parameter is set to "controlled by control module"  
This variable determines if all ranges are zeroed together or  
separately. The parameter is set to "zero all ranges together".  
This variable exists only in a multi-channel AM (MLT!) and  
determines if the AM has a serial/parallel gas flow.  
· ZERORNGS:  
· AMSERPHYSTAT:  
The parameter is set to "parallel gas flow" because only this state  
allows SYSCAL to calibrate the different channels simultaneously.  
After modifying these parameters zero calibration is started by LON-variable:  
· AMFN:  
This variable can start functions on a AM. It is set to the value for  
function "Zero".  
4.2.3.4 Span Calibration  
The span calibration can be done only in single ranges. Any action for a span calibration in a  
range can only be done if "spangas value <> 0.0".  
Before starting then span calibration there are some parameters (LON-variables) to modify.  
After ending system calibration these modified variables are restored to their previous value.  
· CONTROL:  
This variable determines which instance is controlling range of an  
AM. The parameter is set to "controlled by control module"  
This variable determines if all ranges are spanned together or  
separately. The parameter is set to "span all ranges separately".  
This variable exists only in a multi-channel AM (MLT!) and  
determines if the AM has a serial/parallel gas flow.  
· CALRANGES:  
· AMSERPHYSTAT:  
The parameter is set to "parallel gas flow" because only this state  
allows SYSCAL to calibrate the different channels simultaneously.  
This variable controls the current range of an AM. It is set to the  
respectively required range.  
· CRANGE:  
After modifying these parameters span calibration is started by LON-variable:  
· AMFN:  
This variable can start functions on a AM. It is set to the value for  
function "Span".  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 29  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
4.2.3.5 Wait for Finishing Calibration  
Any AM has the LON-variables  
· CALSTAT  
Whether the selected AM is still calibrating or not, is checked by reading the variable  
CALSTAT.  
This CALSTAT-check is done in time intervals. During the intervals time is given to other  
tasks.  
4.2.4 Finishing System Calibration  
After system calibration was working through the sequence buffer or it was canceled there is  
to do some finishing work.  
· Actualize some displayed LON-variables  
· Look for some still running calibrations in case of cancelling and cancel them, too.  
· Restore modified LON-variables of AMs.  
· Switch system valves to sample gas state for all AMs  
· Cause to set any AM’s LON-variable PROCESS = "valid sample gas" after purging time of  
sample gas valve.  
Supplement - 30  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
4.3 Running Single Analyzer Calibration  
A single analyzer calibration also needs to switch appropriate system valves.  
The difference to the system calibration is that calibration procedure of AM is already running  
and we have to respond upon this state.  
The reaction is possible by watching any change of the LON-variable CALSTAT.  
· CALSTAT_ZERO (zero calibration in progress): switch off belonging sample valve and  
switch on zero valve.  
· CALSTAT_SPAN (span calibration in progress): switch off belonging sample valve and  
switch on span valve appropriate to  
current state of CRANGE-variable.  
· CALSTAT_DONE (calibration finished):  
switch on sample valve and switch off  
calibration gas valves.  
After a calibration command the AM itself is responsible to wait the required purge times until  
calibration actually is done.  
The reaction onto a CALSTAT-change is only active if no system calibration is running.  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  
NGA 2000  
Supplement - 31  
NGA-2000 System Calibration  
4.4 Holding analog outputs of the SIO and avoid limit violation alarms  
Any AM has LON-variable:  
· PROCESS  
This variable is an input-variable. Its meaning is to tell the AM that another instance is not  
allowing the measurement sample to flow valid.  
In the AM are some states depending from PROCESS.  
· "valid measurement" only if PROCESS = "valid sample gas".  
· holding analog outputs if PROCESS = "no valid sample gas"  
· watching limit violations is switched off if PROCESS = "no valid sample gas"  
It's now the task of the system calibration to handle the variable PROCESS for any involved  
AM. This is done in the following way:  
Any switching of a system valve looks if in the switched valves is a sample valve of any AM.  
If yes, then it sets PROCESS like follows.  
sample gas  
valve  
time delay  
PROCESS-  
variable  
switched off  
switched on  
-
sample not valid  
sample valid  
purge time of sample valve  
It's very important to notice following:  
SYSCAL only watches state of appropriate sample gas valve for setting of PROCESS-  
variable.  
Any additional valve, serial to sample valve, which can switch off flow of sample gas can not  
be registrated for logic of PROCESS-variable.  
Supplement - 32  
NGA 2000  
90003482(2) [NGA-e (MLT-Software 3.2.X)] 07/98  

Nokia 2323 User Manual
Nokia 2260 User Manual
Nokia 2128i User Manual
NAD C515BEE User Manual
Motorola W156 User Manual
LG Electronics P505R User Manual
Lenovo ThinkPad 43R2019 User Manual
Kompernass KH 2216 User Manual
Intel Solid State 530 Series SSDSC2BW180A4K5 User Manual
Emerson RET23 User Manual